Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

indian+day

  • 1 camilucho

    SM Cono Sur, Méx Indian day labourer

    Spanish-English dictionary > camilucho

  • 2 पर _para

    पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optional- ly like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position)
    1 Other, differ- ent, another; see पर m also.
    -2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4.
    -3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158.
    -4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31.
    -5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42.
    -9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27.
    -7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.).
    -8 Alien, estranged, stranger.
    -9 Hostile, inimical, adverse,
    -1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred.
    -11 Final, last.
    -12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest ob- ject, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c.
    -रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also.
    -2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21.
    -3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8.
    -रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point.
    -2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16.
    -3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19.
    -4 The secondary meaning of a word.
    -5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट).
    -6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-- The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbi- ally; e. g. (a) परम्
    1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17.
    -2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c.
    -3 thereupon, there- after.
    -4 but, however.
    -5 otherwise.
    -6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c.
    -7 most willingly.
    -8 only.
    -9 at the utmost. (b) परेण
    1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2.
    -2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49.
    -3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे
    1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73.
    -2 in future.
    -Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body.
    -अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11.
    -अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia.
    -अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness.
    -अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119.
    -अन्तः final death. (
    -ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people.
    -अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a frontier.
    -अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6.
    -अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (
    -न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12.
    1 far and near, remote and proximate.
    -2 prior and posterior.
    -3 before and beyond, earlier and later.
    -4 higher and lower, best and worst. (
    -रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (
    -रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with 1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8.
    -अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1.
    -अमृतम् rain.
    1 attached or devoted to, adhering to.
    -2 depending on, subject to.
    -3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c.
    -4 connected with.
    -5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4.
    -6 leading or conducive to.
    -(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12.
    -2 essence, sum.
    -3 Ved. going away, departure, exit.
    -4 firm devotion.
    -5 a universal medicine, panacea.
    -6 a religious order.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having another aim or meaning.
    -2 intended or designed for another, done for another.
    (-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advan- tage.
    -2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29.
    -3 the chief or highest meaning.
    -4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse).
    -5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9.
    -6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3.
    -7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute.
    -अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (
    -र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another.
    -अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6.
    -2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S.
    -अर्धक a. One half of anything.
    -अर्ध्य a.
    1 being on the farther side or half.
    -2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br.
    -3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45.
    -4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1.
    -5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58.
    -6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64.
    (-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum.
    -2 an infinite number.
    1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23.
    -2 earlier and later.
    -3 prior and posterior or subsequent.
    -4 higher and lower.
    -5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15.
    -6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (
    -रा) descendants.
    (-रम्) 1 cause and effect.
    -2 the whole extent of an idea.
    -3 the universe.
    -4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5.
    -अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12.
    -अहः the next day.
    -अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day.
    -आगमः attack of an enemy.
    -आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (
    -तः) a slave.
    -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit.
    -आयत्त a.
    1 depend- ent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4.
    -2 Wholly subdued or over- whelmed by.
    -आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12.
    -आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -आश्रय a. dependent upon another.
    (-यः) 1 dependence upon another.
    -2 the retreat of enemies. (
    -या) a plant growing on another tree.
    -आसङ्गः dependence upon another.
    -आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber.
    1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind.
    -2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14.
    -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -इष्टिः N. of Brahman.
    -इष्टुका a cow which has often calved.
    -उत्कर्षः another's prosperity.
    -उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo.
    -उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्.
    -उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others.
    -उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13.
    -उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्.
    -उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy.
    -उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging.
    -ऊढा another's wife.
    -एधित a. fostered or brought up by another.
    (-तः) 1 a servant.
    -2 the (Indian) cuckoo.
    -कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant.
    -कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116.
    -कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art).
    -कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1.
    -कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः
    1 a benevolent man.
    -2 a slave, servant.
    -काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later.
    -कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26.
    -क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants.
    -क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic.
    -क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body.
    -2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49.
    -3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175.
    -गामिन् a.
    1 being with another.
    -2 relating to another.
    -3 beneficial to another.
    -गुण a. beneficial to another. (
    -णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78.
    -ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articu- lation.
    -ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3.
    -चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy.
    -2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v.
    -3 a hostile prince.
    -छन्द a. dependent.
    (-दः) 1 the will of another.
    -2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another.
    -छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another.
    -ज a.
    1 stranger.
    -2 coming from a foe.
    -3 inferior.
    -जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9.
    -जन्मन् n. a future birth.
    -जात a.
    1 born of another.
    -2 dependent on another for livelihood. (
    -तः) a servant.
    -जित a.
    1 conquered by another.
    -2 main- tained by another. (
    -तः) the (Indian) cuckoo.
    -तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient.
    -तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्).
    -तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bib- liotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक.
    -तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife.
    -तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect.
    -दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery.
    -दारिन् m. an adulterer.
    -दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13.
    -देवता the Supreme Being.
    -देशः a hostile or foreign country.
    -देशिन् m. a foreigner.
    -द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical.
    -धनम् another's property.
    -धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35.
    -2 another's duty or business.
    -3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97.
    -ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P.
    -निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c.
    -निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.).
    -पक्षः the side or party of an enemy.
    -पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence.
    -2 final beati- tude.
    -परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22.
    -हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3.
    -परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others.
    -पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house.
    -पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥
    -पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112.
    -पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh.
    -पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero.
    -पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu.
    -3 the hus- band of another woman.
    -पुष्ट a.
    1 fed or nourished by another.
    -2 Stranger. (
    -ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree.
    -पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo.
    -2 a parasitical plant.
    -3 a harlot, prostitute.
    -पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163.
    -प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son.
    -प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ).
    -प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave.
    -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7).
    -भागः 1 another's share.
    -2 superior merit.
    -3 good fortune, prosperity.
    -4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15.
    -5 the last part, remainder.
    -भाव a. loving another.
    -भावः the being second member in a compound.
    -भाषा a foreign tongue.
    -भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P.
    -भूत a. following, subsequent (as words).
    -भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo).
    -भृत a. nourished by another.
    -भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nouri- shed by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1.
    -भतम् 1 another's opinion.
    -2 dif- ferent opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy.
    -मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another.
    -मृत्युः a crow.
    -रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18.
    -लोकः the next (or fur- ture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38.
    -वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, depen- dent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्.
    -वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3.
    -वाणिः 1 a judge.
    -2 a year.
    -3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya.
    -वादः 1 rumour, report.
    -2 Objection, controversy.
    -वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist.
    -वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being.
    -व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra.
    -शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1.
    -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow.
    -संगत a.
    1 asso- ciated with another.
    -2 fighting with another.
    -संज्ञकः the soul.
    -सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.).
    -सात् ind. into the hands of an- other. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage.
    -सेवा service of another.
    -स्त्री another's wife.
    -स्वम् another's pro- perty; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property.
    -हन् a. killing enemies.
    -हित a.
    1 benevolent.
    -2 profitable to another.
    -तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > पर _para

  • 3 друг

    1. (онзи, не този и пр.) (an)other, some other; somebody/someone else, something else
    мн. ч. other(s)
    дай ми друга книга give me another book, give me some other book
    не ща другиго I want no one else; I don't want anybody else
    изпрати другиго send somebody else
    едни отиват, други се връщат some are going, others/some are returning
    няма друга като нея there is no one like her
    всеки друг any one/everybody else
    никой друг освен него no one else/nobody else/no one/nobody but he
    всяко друго нещо anything/everything else
    нищо друго освен nothing (else) but
    нещо друго? какво друго? anything else? what else? anything more?
    н нещо друго there's something else; besides; what's more
    не за друго, a for no other reason but
    дължи се не на друго, а на неговата упоритост it is due to nothing but his stubbornness
    не друг, a none other than; no less a person than; of all people; who but
    и единият, и другият both; either
    или единият, или другият either (the one or the other); either one
    нито единият, нито другият neither (the one nor the other); neither one
    2. (различен) different, new
    той стана друг човек he became a different/a new man
    по- друг на цвят/качество и пр. somewhat different in colour/quality etc.
    това е съвсем друга тема that's a wholly/an entirely different subject/topic
    това е съвсем друга работа that's (quite) a different matter/thing; that makes all the difference in the world; that alters the case
    това е друго! that's a different matter! казвал ли съм вещо друго? did I ever say otherwise?
    ако няма други ангажименти if he is not otherwise engaged
    обработваеми и други земи tracts agricultural and otherwise
    с други думи in other words
    друга версия another/a different version, ( на текст) a variant reading
    3. (противоположен, обратен) other, opposite; reverse
    другата ръка the other hand
    на другия бряг on the other/opposite bank
    на другта страна на стената on the other side of the wall; on the off side of the wall
    на другта страна на листа on the other/reverse side of the page/leaf; overleaf
    4. (следващ, иден) next, following
    на другия ден (on) the next/following day; the day after
    другия петък Friday next, next Friday
    другата седмица next week, the coming week
    (следващ-за човек) (the) next, the other, another
    мн. ч. the others, the rest
    да влезе друг! let another one come in
    (следващият по ред) let the next one come in
    друг! next! да влязат другите let the rest/the others come in
    без друго anyway; (most) certainly
    от друга страна on the other hand, ( освен това) still; yet
    един зад друг in single/Indian file
    one behind the other, ( за повече от двама) one behind another
    един през друг head-long; helter-skelter; pell-mell
    едно на друго all told, on an average, one thing with another
    едно- друго a few things
    някой и друг лев a few levs; some money
    и др. etc.
    между/покрай другото among other things
    incidentally, ( между прочем) by the way, разг, by the by(e)
    това между другото this by way of digression
    * * *
    прил.
    1. ( онзи, не този и пр.) (an)other, some other; somebody/someone else, something else; само мн. other(s); всеки \друг any one/everybody else; и единият, и \другият both; either; и нещо \друго there’s something else; besides; what’s more; или единият, или \другият either (the one or the other); either one; не \друг, а none other than; no less a person than; of all people; who but; не за \друго, а for no other reason but; нещо \друго? какво \друго? anything else? what else? anything more? никой \друг освен него no one else/nobody else/no one/nobody but he; нито единият, нито \другият neither (the one nor the other); neither one; няма \друга като нея there is no one like her;
    2. ( различен) different, new; ако няма \други ангажименти if he is not otherwise engaged; \друга версия another/different version, (на текст) variant reading; казвал ли съм нещо \друго? did I ever say otherwise? по-\друг на цвят/качество и пр. somewhat different in colour/quality etc.; това е съвсем \друга тема that’s (quiet) a different matter/thing; that makes all the difference in the world; that alters the case;
    3. ( противоположен, обратен) other, opposite; reverse; на \другата страна на листа on the other/reverse side of the page/leaf; overleaf; на \другата страна на стената on the other side of the wall; on the off side of the wall;
    4. ( следващ, иден) next, following; ( следващ ­ за човек) (the) next, next other, another; мн. the others, the rest; да влезе \друг! let another one come in; ( следващият по ред) let the next one come in; \друг! next! \другата седмица next week, the coming week; \другия петък Friday next, next Friday; на \другия ден (on) the next/following day; the day after; • без \друго anyway; (most) certainly; един \друг (за двама) each other, (за повече от двама) one another; един зад \друг in single/Indian file; one behind the other, (за повече от двама) one behind another; един през \друг head-long; helter-skelter; pell-mell; едно-\друго a few things; и др. etc.; между/покрай \другото among other things; incidentally, ( между впрочем) by the way, разг. by the by(e); някой и \друг лев a few levs; some money; от \друга страна on the other hand, ( освен това) still; yet; това между \другото this by way of digression.
    * * *
    another: give me друг book - дай ми друга книга; different ; else {els}: You are not my brother, you are someone друг. - Ти не си брат ми, ти си някой друг.; new ; other ; otherwise
    * * *
    1. (онзи, не този и пр.) (an)other, some other;somebody/someone else, something else 2. (противоположен, обратен) other, opposite;reverse 3. (следващ - за човек) (the) next, the other, another 4. (следващ, иден) next, following 5. (следващият по ред) let the next one come in 6. 2, (различен) different, new 7. incidentally, (между прочем) by the way, разг, by the by(e) 8. one behind the other, (за повече от двама) one behind another 9. ДРУГ! next! да влязат ДРУГите let the rest/the others come in 10. ДРУГa версия another/a different version, (на текст) a variant reading 11. ДРУГата ръка the other hand 12. ДРУГата седмица next week, the coming week 13. ДРУГия петък Friday next, next Friday 14. ако няма ДРУГи ангажименти if he is not otherwise engaged 15. без ДРУГо anyway;(most) certainly 16. всеки ДРУГ any one/everybody else 17. всяко ДРУГо нещо anything/ everything else 18. да влезе ДРУГ! let another one come in 19. дай ми ДРУГа книга give me another book, give mе some other book 20. дължи се не на ДРУГо, а на неговата упоритост it is due to nothing but his stubbornness 21. един ДРУГ (за двама) each other,. (за повече от двама) one another 22. един зад ДРУГ in single/Indian file 23. един през ДРУГ head-long;helter-skelter;pell-mell 24. едни отиват, ДРУГи се връщат some are going, others/some are returning 25. едно на ДРУГо all told, on an average, one thing with another 26. едно-ДРУГо a few things 27. и др. etc. 28. и единият, и ДРУГият both;either 29. изпрати ДРУГиго send somebody else 30. или единият, или ДРУГият either (the one or the other);either one 31. между/покрай ДРУГото among other things 32. мн. ч. other(s) 33. мн. ч. the others, the rest 34. н нещо ДРУГо there's something else;besides;what's more 35. на ДРУГия бряг on the other/opposite bank 36. на ДРУГия ден (on) the next/following day;the day after 37. на ДРУГта страна на листа on the other/reverse side of the page/leaf;overleaf 38. на ДРУГта страна на стената on the other side of the wall;on the off side of the wall 39. не ДРУГ, a none other than;no less a person than;of all people;who but 40. не за ДРУГо, a for no other reason but 41. не ща ДРУГиго I want no one else;I don't want anybody else 42. нещо ДРУГо? какво ДРУГo?anything else?what else?anything more? 43. никой ДРУГ освен него no one else/nobody else/no one/nobody but he 44. нито единият, нито ДРУГият neither (the one nor the other);neither one 45. нищо ДРУГо освен nothing (else) but 46. някой и ДРУГ лев а few levs;some money 47. няма ДРУГа като нея there is no one like her 48. обработваеми и ДРУГи земи tracts agricultural and otherwise 49. от ДРУГa страна on the other hand, (освен това) still;yet 50. по-ДРУГ на цвят/качество и пр. somewhat different in colour/quality etc. 51. с ДРУГи думи in other words 52. това е ДРУГо! that's a different matter! казвал ли съм вещо ДРУГо? did I ever say otherwise? 53. това е съвсем ДРУГa работа that's (quite) a different matter/thing;that makes all the difference in the world;that alters the case 54. това е съвсем ДРУГа тема that's a wholly/ an entirely different subject/topic 55. това между ДРУГото this by way of digression 56. той стана ДРУГ човек he became a different/a new man

    Български-английски речник > друг

  • 4 कुहुः _kuhuḥ _कुहूः _kuhūḥ

    कुहुः कुहूः f.
    1 New moon day i. e. the last day of a lunar month when the moon is invisible; Mb.8.34.32; करगतैव गता यदियं कुहूः N.4.57.
    -2 The deity that pre- sides over this day; Ms.3.86.
    -3 The cry of the (Indian) cuckoo; पिकेन रोषारुणचक्षुषा मुहुःकुहूरुताहूयत चन्द्र- वैरिणी N.1.1; उन्मीलन्ति कुहूः कुहूरिति कलोत्तालाः पिकानां गिरः Gīt.1; पिकविधुस्तव हन्ति समन्तमस्त्वमपि चन्द्रविरोधि-कुहूरवः Udb.
    -4 The first day of the first quarter on which the moon rises.
    -Comp. -कण्ठः, -मुखः, -रवः, -शब्दः the (Indian) cuckoo.
    -कालः The last day of the lunar month when the moon is invisible; न च कुहूकाले$पि संक्षीयते...... त्वत्कीर्तिचन्द्रः सदा Sūktisundar 5.83.
    -पालः the king of turtles.
    -मुखः 1 The Indian cuckoo.
    -2 a calamity.
    -मुखम् new moon.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > कुहुः _kuhuḥ _कुहूः _kuhūḥ

  • 5 Chronology

      15,000-3,000 BCE Paleolithic cultures in western Portugal.
      400-200 BCE Greek and Carthaginian trade settlements on coast.
      202 BCE Roman armies invade ancient Lusitania.
      137 BCE Intensive Romanization of Lusitania begins.
      410 CE Germanic tribes — Suevi and Visigoths—begin conquest of Roman Lusitania and Galicia.
      714—16 Muslims begin conquest of Visigothic Lusitania.
      1034 Christian Reconquest frontier reaches Mondego River.
      1064 Christians conquer Coimbra.
      1139 Burgundian Count Afonso Henriques proclaims himself king of Portugal; birth of Portugal. Battle of Ourique: Afonso Henriques defeats Muslims.
      1147 With English Crusaders' help, Portuguese seize Lisbon from Muslims.
      1179 Papacy formally recognizes Portugal's independence (Pope Alexander III).
      1226 Campaign to reclaim Alentejo from Muslims begins.
      1249 Last Muslim city (Silves) falls to Portuguese Army.
      1381 Beginning of third war between Castile and Portugal.
      1383 Master of Aviz, João, proclaimed regent by Lisbon populace.
      1385 April: Master of Aviz, João I, proclaimed king of Portugal by Cortes of Coimbra. 14 August: Battle of Aljubarrota, Castilians defeated by royal forces, with assistance of English army.
      1394 Birth of "Prince Henry the Navigator," son of King João I.
      1415 Beginning of overseas expansion as Portugal captures Moroccan city of Ceuta.
      1419 Discovery of Madeira Islands.
      1425-28 Prince D. Pedro, older brother of Prince Henry, travels in Europe.
      1427 Discovery (or rediscovery?) of Azores Islands.
      1434 Prince Henry the Navigator's ships pass beyond Cape Bojador, West Africa.
      1437 Disaster at Tangier, Morocco, as Portuguese fail to capture city.
      1441 First African slaves from western Africa reach Portugal.
      1460 Death of Prince Henry. Portuguese reach what is now Senegal, West Africa.
      1470s Portuguese explore West African coast and reach what is now Ghana and Nigeria and begin colonizing islands of São Tomé and Príncipe.
      1479 Treaty of Alcáçovas between kings of Portugal and Spain.
      1482 Portuguese establish post at São Jorge da Mina, Gold Coast (now Ghana).
      1482-83 Portuguese navigator Diogo Cão reaches mouth of Congo River and Angola.
      1488 Navigator Bartolomeu Dias rounds Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, and finds route to Indian Ocean.
      1492-93 Columbus's first voyage to West Indies.
      1493 Columbus visits Azores and Portugal on return from first voyage; tells of discovery of New World. Treaty of Tordesillas signed between kings of Portugal and Spain: delimits spheres of conquest with line 370 leagues west of Cape Verde Islands (claimed by Portugal); Portugal's sphere to east of line includes, in effect, Brazil.
       King Manuel I and Royal Council decide to continue seeking all-water route around Africa to Asia.
       King Manuel I expels unconverted Jews from Portugal.
      1497-99 Epic voyage of Vasco da Gama from Portugal around Africa to west India, successful completion of sea route to Asia project; da Gama returns to Portugal with samples of Asian spices.
      1500 Bound for India, Navigator Pedro Álvares Cabral "discovers" coast of Brazil and claims it for Portugal.
      1506 Anti-Jewish riots in Lisbon.
       Battle of Diu, India; Portugal's command of Indian Ocean assured for some time with Francisco de Almeida's naval victory over Egyptian and Gujerati fleets.
       Afonso de Albuquerque conquers Goa, India; beginning of Portuguese hegemony in south Asia.
       Portuguese conquest of Malacca; commerce in Spice Islands.
      1519 Magellan begins circumnavigation voyage.
      1536 Inquisition begins in Portugal.
      1543 Portuguese merchants reach Japan.
      1557 Portuguese merchants granted Chinese territory of Macau for trading factory.
      1572 Luís de Camões publishes epic poem, Os Lusíadas.
      1578 Battle of Alcácer-Quivir; Moroccan forces defeat army of King Sebastião of Portugal; King Sebastião dies in battle. Portuguese succession crisis.
      1580 King Phillip II of Spain claims and conquers Portugal; Spanish rule of Portugal, 1580-1640.
      1607-24 Dutch conquer sections of Asia and Brazil formerly held by Portugal.
      1640 1 December: Portuguese revolution in Lisbon overthrows Spanish rule, restores independence. Beginning of Portugal's Braganza royal dynasty.
      1654 Following Dutch invasions and conquest of parts of Brazil and Angola, Dutch expelled by force.
      1661 Anglo-Portuguese Alliance treaty signed: England pledges to defend Portugal "as if it were England itself." Queen Catherine of Bra-ganza marries England's Charles II.
      1668 February: In Portuguese-Spanish peace treaty, Spain recognizes independence of Portugal, thus ending 28-year War of Restoration.
      1703 Methuen Treaties signed, key commercial trade agreement and defense treaty between England and Portugal.
      1750 Pombal becomes chief minister of King José I.
      1755 1 November: Massive Lisbon earthquake, tidal wave, and fire.
      1759 Expulsion of Jesuits from Portugal and colonies.
      1761 Slavery abolished in continental Portugal.
      1769 Abandonment of Mazagão, Morocco, last Portuguese outpost.
      1777 Pombal dismissed as chief minister by Queen Maria I, after death of José I.
      1791 Portugal and United States establish full diplomatic relations.
      1807 November: First Napoleonic invasion; French forces under Junot conquer Portugal. Royal family flees to colony of Brazil and remains there until 1821.
      1809 Second French invasion of Portugal under General Soult.
      1811 Third French invasion of Portugal under General Masséna.
      1813 Following British general Wellington's military victories, French forces evacuate Portugal.
      1817 Liberal, constitutional movements against absolutist monarchist rule break out in Brazil (Pernambuco) and Portugal (Lisbon, under General Gomes Freire); crushed by government. British marshal of Portugal's army, Beresford, rules Portugal.
       Liberal insurrection in army officer corps breaks out in Cadiz, Spain, and influences similar movement in Portugal's armed forces first in Oporto.
       King João VI returns from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, and early draft of constitution; era of constitutional monarchy begins.
      1822 7 September: João VI's son Pedro proclaims independence of
       Brazil from Portugal and is named emperor. 23 September: Constitution of 1822 ratified.
       Portugal recognizes sovereign independence of Brazil.
       King João VI dies; power struggle for throne ensues between his sons, brothers Pedro and Miguel; Pedro, emperor of Brazil, abdicates Portuguese throne in favor of his daughter, D. Maria II, too young to assume crown. By agreement, Miguel, uncle of D. Maria, is to accept constitution and rule in her stead.
      1828 Miguel takes throne and abolishes constitution. Sections of Portugal rebel against Miguelite rule.
      1831 Emperor Pedro abdicates throne of Brazil and returns to Portugal to expel King Miguel from Portuguese throne.
      1832-34 Civil war between absolutist King Miguel and constitutionalist Pedro, who abandons throne of Brazil to restore his young daughter Maria to throne of Portugal; Miguel's armed forces defeated by those of Pedro. Miguel leaves for exile and constitution (1826 Charter) is restored.
      1834-53 Constitutional monarchy consolidated under rule of Queen Maria II, who dies in 1853.
      1851-71 Regeneration period of economic development and political stability; public works projects sponsored by Minister Fontes Pereira de Melo.
      1871-90 Rotativism period of alternating party governments; achieves political stability and less military intervention in politics and government. Expansion of colonial territory in tropical Africa.
       January: Following territorial dispute in central Africa, Britain delivers "Ultimatum" to Portugal demanding withdrawal of Portugal's forces from what is now Malawi and Zimbabwe. Portugal's government, humiliated in accepting demand under threat of a diplomatic break, falls. Beginning of governmental and political instability; monarchist decline and republicanism's rise.
       Anglo-Portuguese treaties signed relating to delimitation of frontiers in colonial Africa.
      1899 Treaty of Windsor; renewal of Anglo-Portuguese defense and friendship alliance.
      1903 Triumphal visit of King Edward VII to Portugal.
      1906 Politician João Franco supported by King Carlos I in dictatorship to restore order and reform.
      1908 1 February: Murder in Lisbon of King Carlos I and his heir apparent, Prince Dom Luís, by Portuguese anarchists. Eighteen-year-old King Manuel II assumes throne.
      1910 3-5 October: Following republican-led military insurrection in armed forces, monarchy falls and first Portuguese republic is proclaimed. Beginning of unstable, economically troubled, parliamentary republic form of government.
       May: Violent insurrection in Lisbon overturns government of General Pimenta de Castro; nearly a thousand casualties from several days of armed combat in capital.
       March: Following Portugal's honoring ally Britain's request to confiscate German shipping in Portuguese harbors, Germany declares war on Portugal; Portugal enters World War I on Allied side.
       Portugal organizes and dispatches Portuguese Expeditionary Corps to fight on the Western Front. 9 April: Portuguese forces mauled by German offensive in Battle of Lys. Food rationing and riots in Lisbon. Portuguese military operations in Mozambique against German expedition's invasion from German East Africa. 5 December: Authoritarian, presidentialist government under Major Sidónio Pais takes power in Lisbon, following a successful military coup.
      1918 11 November: Armistice brings cessation of hostilities on Western Front in World War I. Portuguese expeditionary forces stationed in Angola, Mozambique, and Flanders begin return trip to Portugal. 14 December: President Sidónio Pais assassinated. Chaotic period of ephemeral civil war ensues.
      1919-21 Excessively unstable political period, including January
      1919 abortive effort of Portuguese monarchists to restore Braganza dynasty to power. Republican forces prevail, but level of public violence, economic distress, and deprivation remains high.
      1921 October: Political violence attains peak with murder of former prime minister and other prominent political figures in Lisbon. Sectors of armed forces and Guarda Nacional Republicana are mutinous. Year of financial and corruption scandals, including Portuguese bank note (fraud) case; military court acquits guilty military insurrectionists, and one military judge declares "the country is sick."
       28 May: Republic overthrown by military coup or pronunciamento and conspiracy among officer corps. Parliament's doors locked and parliament closed for nearly nine years to January 1935. End of parliamentary republic, Western Europe's most unstable political system in this century, beginning of the Portuguese dictatorship, after 1930 known as the Estado Novo. Officer corps assumes reins of government, initiates military censorship of the press, and suppresses opposition.
       February: Military dictatorship under General Óscar Carmona crushes failed republican armed insurrection in Oporto and Lisbon.
       April: Military dictatorship names Professor Antônio de Oliveira Salazar minister of finance, with dictatorial powers over budget, to stabilize finances and rebuild economy. Insurrectionism among military elements continues into 1931.
      1930 Dr. Salazar named minister for colonies and announces balanced budgets. Salazar consolidates support by various means, including creation of official regime "movement," the National Union. Salazar engineers Colonial Act to ensure Lisbon's control of bankrupt African colonies by means of new fiscal controls and centralization of authority. July: Military dictatorship names Salazar prime minister for first time, and cabinet composition undergoes civilianization; academic colleagues and protégés plan conservative reform and rejuvenation of society, polity, and economy. Regime comes to be called the Estado Novo (New State). New State's constitution ratified by new parliament, the National Assembly; Portugal described in document as "unitary, corporative Republic" and governance influenced by Salazar's stern personality and doctrines such as integralism, Catholicism, and fiscal conservatism.
      1936 Violent instability and ensuing civil war in neighboring Spain, soon internationalized by fascist and communist intervention, shake Estado Novo regime. Pseudofascist period of regime features creation of imitation Fascist institutions to defend regime from leftist threats; Portugal institutes "Portuguese Youth" and "Portuguese Legion."
      1939 3 September: Prime Minister Salazar declares Portugal's neutrality in World War II. October: Anglo-Portuguese agreement grants naval and air base facilities to Britain and later to United States for Battle of the Atlantic and Normandy invasion support. Third Reich protests breach of Portugal's neutrality.
       6 June: On day of Allies' Normandy invasion, Portugal suspends mining and export of wolfram ore to both sides in war.
       8 May: Popular celebrations of Allied victory and Fascist defeat in Lisbon and Oporto coincide with Victory in Europe Day. Following managed elections for Estado Novo's National Assembly in November, regime police, renamed PIDE, with increased powers, represses opposition.
      1947 Abortive military coup in central Portugal easily crushed by regime. Independence of India and initiation of Indian protests against Portuguese colonial rule in Goa and other enclaves.
      1949 Portugal becomes founding member of NATO.
      1951 Portugal alters constitution and renames overseas colonies "Overseas Provinces." Portugal and United States sign military base agreements for use of air and naval facilities in Azores Islands and military aid to Lisbon. President Carmona dies in office, succeeded by General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58). July: Indians occupy enclave of Portuguese India (dependency of Damão) by means of passive resistance movement. August: Indian passive resistance movement in Portuguese India repelled by Portuguese forces with loss of life. December: With U.S. backing, Portugal admitted as member of United Nations (along with Spain). Air force general Humberto Delgado, in opposition, challenges Estado Novo's hand-picked successor to Craveiro Lopes, Admiral Américo Tomás. Delgado rallies coalition of democratic, liberal, and communist opposition but loses rigged election and later flees to exile in Brazil. Portugal joins European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
       January and February: Estado Novo rocked by armed African insurrection in northern Angola, crushed by armed forces. Hijacking of Portuguese ocean liner by ally of Delgado, Captain Henrique Galvão. April: Salazar defeats attempted military coup and reshuffles cabinet with group of younger figures who seek to reform colonial rule and strengthen the regime's image abroad. 18 December: Indian army rapidly defeats Portugal's defense force in Goa, Damão, and Diu and incorporates Portugal's Indian possessions into Indian Union. January: Abortive military coup in Beja, Portugal.
      1965 February: General Delgado and his Brazilian secretary murdered and secretly buried near Spanish frontier by political police, PIDE.
      1968 August and September: Prime Minister Salazar, aged 79, suffers crippling stoke. President Tomás names former cabinet officer Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor. Caetano institutes modest reforms in Portugal and overseas.
      1971 Caetano government ratifies amended constitution that allows slight devolution and autonomy to overseas provinces in Africa and Asia. Right-wing loyalists oppose reforms in Portugal. 25 April: Military coup engineered by Armed Forces Movement overthrows Estado Novo and establishes provisional government emphasizing democratization, development, and decolonization. Limited resistance by loyalists. President Tomás and Premier Caetano flown to exile first in Madeira and then in Brazil. General Spínola appointed president. September: Revolution moves to left, as President Spínola, thwarted in his program, resigns.
       March: Military coup by conservative forces fails, and leftist response includes nationalization of major portion of economy. Polarization between forces and parties of left and right. 25 November: Military coup by moderate military elements thwarts leftist forces. Constituent Assembly prepares constitution. Revolution moves from left to center and then right.
       March: Constitution ratified by Assembly of the Republic. 25 April: Second general legislative election gives largest share of seats to Socialist Party (PS). Former oppositionist lawyer, Mário Soares, elected deputy and named prime minister.
      1977-85 Political pendulum of democratic Portugal moves from center-left to center-right, as Social Democratic Party (PSD) increases hold on assembly and take office under Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. July
      1985 elections give edge to PSD who advocate strong free-enterprise measures and revision of leftist-generated 1976 Constitution, amended modestly in 1982.
      1986 January: Portugal joins European Economic Community (EEC).
      1987 July: General, legislative elections for assembly give more than 50 percent to PSD led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. For first time, since 1974, Portugal has a working majority government.
      1989 June: Following revisions of 1976 Constitution, reprivatization of economy begins, under PS government.
       January: Presidential elections, Mário Soares reelected for second term. July: General, legislative elections for assembly result in new PSD victory and majority government.
       January-July: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Economic Community (EEC). December: Tariff barriers fall as fully integrated Common Market established in the EEC.
       November: Treaty of Maastricht comes into force. The EEC officially becomes the European Union (EU). Portugal is signatory with 11 other member-nations.
       October: General, legislative elections for assembly result in PS victory and naming of Prime Minister Guterres. PS replace PSD as leading political party. November: Excavations for Lisbon bank uncover ancient Phoenician, Roman, and Christian ruins.
       January: General, presidential elections; socialist Jorge Sampaio defeats PSD's Cavaco Silva and assumes presidency from Dr. Mário Soares. July: Community of Portuguese Languages Countries (CPLP) cofounded by Portugal and Brazil.
       May-September: Expo '98 held in Lisbon. Opening of Vasco da Gama Bridge across Tagus River, Europe's longest (17 kilometers/ 11 miles). June: National referendum on abortion law change defeated after low voter turnout. November: National referendum on regionaliza-tion and devolution of power defeated after another low voter turnout.
       October: General, legislative elections: PS victory over PSD lacks clear majority in parliament. Following East Timor referendum, which votes for independence and withdrawal of Indonesia, outburst of popular outrage in streets, media, and communications of Portugal approves armed intervention and administration of United Nations (and withdrawal of Indonesia) in East Timor. Portugal and Indonesia restore diplomatic relations. December: A Special Territory since 1975, Colony of Macau transferred to sovereignty of People's Republic of China.
       January-June: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the EU; end of Discoveries Historical Commemoration Cycle (1988-2000).
       United Nations forces continue to occupy and administer former colony of East Timor, with Portugal's approval.
       January: General, presidential elections; PS president Sampaio reelected for second term. City of Oporto, "European City of Culture" for the year, hosts arts festival. December: Municipal elections: PSD defeats PS; socialist prime minister Guterres resigns; President Sampaio calls March parliamentary elections.
       1 January: Portugal enters single European Currency system. Euro currency adopted and ceases use of former national currency, the escudo. March: Parliamentary elections; PSD defeats PS and José Durão Barroso becomes prime minister. Military modernization law passed. Portugal holds chairmanship of Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE).
       May: Municipal law passed permitting municipalities to reorganize in new ways.
       June: Prime Minister Durão Barroso, invited to succeed Romano Prodi as president of EU Commission, resigns. Pedro Santana Lopes becomes prime minister. European Parliament elections held. Conscription for national service in army and navy ended. Mass grave uncovered at Academy of Sciences Museum, Lisbon, revealing remains of several thousand victims of Lisbon earthquake, 1755.
       February: Parliamentary elections; PS defeats PSD, socialists win first absolute majority in parliament since 1975. José Sócrates becomes prime minister.
       January: Presidential elections; PSD candidate Aníbal Cavaco Silva elected and assumes presidency from Jorge Sampaio. Portugal's national soccer team ranked 7th out of 205 countries by international soccer association. European Union's Bologna Process in educational reform initiated in Portugal.
       July-December: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Union. For reasons of economy, Portugal announces closure of many consulates, especially in France and the eastern US. Government begins official inspections of private institutions of higher education, following scandals.
      2008 January: Prime Minister Sócrates announces location of new Lisbon area airport as Alcochete, on south bank of Tagus River, site of air force shooting range. February: Portuguese Army begins to receive new modern battle tanks (Leopard 2 A6). March: Mass protest of 85,000 public school (primary and secondary levels) teachers in Lisbon schools dispute recent educational policies of minister of education and prime minister.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Chronology

  • 6 San

    adj.
    1 Saint.
    san José Saint Joseph
    2 St., saint.
    * * *
    1 saint
    ■ San Carlos Saint Charles Table 1 NOTA Used before names of male saints except for Tomás, Tomé, Toribio and Domingo. See also santo,-a /Table 1
    * * *
    SM [apócope de santo] saint

    se casarán por San Juan — [en sentido extenso] they'll get married sometime in midsummer; [estrictamente] they'll get married round about St John's Day

    santo, lunes
    * * *
    adjetivo (apócope de santo usado delante de nombres de varón excepto Domingo, Tomás y Tomé) St, Saint
    * * *
    = S..
    Nota: Abreviatura de Saint.
    Ex. S. Augustine's abbey became later the country residence of the abbots.
    ----
    * armar la de San Quintín = kick up + a fuss, kick up + a stink, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.
    * día de San Valentín, el = St. Valentine's Day.
    * fiebre de San Antonio = St. Anthony's fire.
    * fuego de San Antonio = St. Anthony's fire.
    * río San Lorenzo = Saint Lawrence River.
    * San Antonio de Abad = Saint Anthony Abbot.
    * San + Nombre = St. [Saint] + Nombre, Saint [St.] + Nombre.
    * tarjeta de San Valentín = valentine.
    * * *
    adjetivo (apócope de santo usado delante de nombres de varón excepto Domingo, Tomás y Tomé) St, Saint
    * * *
    = S..
    Nota: Abreviatura de Saint.

    Ex: S. Augustine's abbey became later the country residence of the abbots.

    * armar la de San Quintín = kick up + a fuss, kick up + a stink, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.
    * día de San Valentín, el = St. Valentine's Day.
    * fiebre de San Antonio = St. Anthony's fire.
    * fuego de San Antonio = St. Anthony's fire.
    * río San Lorenzo = Saint Lawrence River.
    * San Antonio de Abad = Saint Anthony Abbot.
    * San + Nombre = St. [Saint] + Nombre, Saint [St.] + Nombre.
    * tarjeta de San Valentín = valentine.

    * * *
    (apócope de santo1 adj A. (↑ santo (1)) usado delante de nombres de varón excepto Domingo, Tomás y Tomé) St, Saint
    San Pedro y San Pablo St Peter and St Paul
    el 19 de marzo es San José March 19th is St Joseph's Day
    San Cristóbal (santo) St Christopher; (medalla) St Christopher medallion, St Christopher
    * * *

    Multiple Entries:
    San    
    san
    San adjetivo (apócope de
    ◊ santo usado delante de nombres de varón excepto Domingo, Tomás y Tomé) St, Saint

    san adjetivo saint
    San Pedro, Saint Peter ➣ santo,-a

    ' san' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    por
    - S.
    - San Salvador
    - veranillo
    - canal
    - falla
    - San
    - santo
    English:
    Boxing Day
    - Indian summer
    - midway
    - saint
    - San Marino
    - Santa Claus
    - St
    - valentine
    - bedlam
    - Indian
    - lady
    - midsummer
    - stop
    * * *
    san1 adj santo is shortened to san when it comes before a man's name, except before the names Domingo, Tomás, Tomé and Toribio.
    Saint
    Urug San Antonio [mariquita] Br ladybird, US ladybug;
    San Bernardo [perro] Saint Bernard;
    San Cristóbal y Nieves [federación] Saint Kitts and Nevis;
    San Francisco [ciudad] San Francisco;
    San José [santo] Saint Joseph;
    [de Costa Rica] San José; Andes, Méx San Lunes = imaginary saint's day cited as an excuse for not going to work on Monday;
    estaba festejando el San Lunes he had a bad attack of lazyitis and didn't go to work on Monday;
    San Marino San Marino;
    RP San Pablo [ciudad] São Paulo;
    San Petersburgo Saint Petersburg;
    San Salvador San Salvador
    san2 nm
    Ven = popular savings scheme
    * * *
    adj Saint
    * * *
    * * *
    San abr St. / Saint
    San Juan St. John

    Spanish-English dictionary > San

  • 7 काल _kāla

    काल a. (
    -ली f.)
    1 Black, of a dark or dark-blue colour; Rām.5.17.9. Mb.8.49.48.
    -2 Injuring, hurting.
    -लः 1 The black or dark-blue colour.
    -2 Time (in general); विलम्बितफलैः कालं निनाय स मनोरथैः R.1.33; तस्मिन्काले at that time; काव्यशास्त्रविनोदेन कालो गच्छति धीमताम् H.1.1 the wise pass their time &c.
    -3 Fit or opportune time (to do a thing), proper time or occasion; (with gen., loc., dat., or inf.); R.3.12,4.6,12.69; पर्जन्यः कालवर्षी Mk.1.6; काले वर्षतु पर्जन्यः &c.
    -4 A period or portion of time (as the hours or watches of a day); षष्ठे काले दिवसस्य V.2.1. Ms.5.153.
    -5 The weather.
    -6 Time considered as one of the nine dravyas by the Vaiśeṣikas.
    -7 The Supreme Spirit regarded as the destroyer of the Universe, being a personification of the destructive principle; कालः काल्या भुवनफलके क्रीडति प्राणिशारैः Bh.3.39.
    -8 (a) Yama, the god of death; कः कालस्य न गोचरान्तरगतः Pt.1.146. (b) Death, time of death; स हि कालो$स्य दुर्मतेः Rām.7.64.1.
    -9 Fate, destiny.
    -1 The black part of the eye.
    -11 The (Indian) cuckoo.
    -12 The planet Saturn.
    -13 N. of Śiva; N. of Rudra; उग्ररेता भवः कालो वामदेवो धृतव्रतः Bhāg.3.12.12.
    -14 A measure of time (in music or prosody).
    -15 A person who distils and sells spirituous liquor.
    -16 A section, or part.
    -17 A red kind of plumbago.
    -18 Resin, pitch.
    -19 N. of an enemy of Śiva.
    -2 (with the Jainas) One of the nine treasures.
    -21 A mystical name for the letter म्.
    -22 N. of the one of four contentments mentioned in साङ्ख्यकारिका; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Śāṅ. K.5.
    -ला 1 N. of several plants.
    -2 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa.
    -3 An epithet of Durgā.
    -ली 1 Blackness.
    -2 Ink, black ink.
    -3 An epithet of Pārvatī, Śiva's wife.
    -4 A row of black clouds.
    -5 A woman with a dark complexion.
    -6 N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. जनयामास यं काली शक्तेः पुत्रात्पराशरात् Mb.1.6.2; Bu. ch.4.76.
    -7 Night.
    -8 Censure, blame.
    -9 One of the seven tongues of Fire: काली कराली च मनोजवा च सुलोहिता या च सुधूम्रवर्णा । स्फुलिङ्गिनी विश्वरुची च देवी लेलायमाना इति सप्तजिह्वाः ॥ Muṇḍ.1.2.4.
    -1 A form of Durgā कालि कालि महा- कालि सीधुमांसपशुंप्रिये Mb.4.6.17. कालीतनयः a buffalo.
    -11 One of the Mātṛis or divine mothers.
    -12 N. of a wife of Bhīma.
    -13 A sister of Yama.
    -14 A kind of learning (महाविद्या)
    -15 A small shrub used as a purgative.
    -16 A kind of insect.
    -लम् 1 Iron. क्षुरो भूत्वा हरेत्प्राणान्निशितः कालसाधनः Mb.1.14.89.
    -2 A kind of perfume.
    -Comp. -अयसम् iron.
    -अक्षरिकः a scholar, one who can read and decipher.
    -अगरु n. a kind of sandal tree, black kind of aloe; कालागुरुर्दहनमध्यगतः सम- न्ताल्लोकोत्तरं परिमलं प्रकटीकरोति Bv.1.7, R.4.81. (-n.) the wood of that tree. शिरांसि कालागुरुधूपितानि Ṛs.4.5;5.5.
    -अग्निः, -अनलः 1 the destructive fire at the end of the world.
    -2 an epithet of Rudra.
    -3. a kind of bead (रुद्राक्ष).
    -अङ्ग a. having a dark-blue body (as a sword with a dark-blue edge) Mb.4.8.1.;
    -अजिनम् the hide of a black antelope.
    -अञ्जनम् a sort of colly- rium; न चक्षुषोः कान्तिविशेषबुद्ध्या कालाञ्जनं मङ्गलमित्युपात्तम् Ku.7.2,82. (
    -नी) a small shrub used as a purga- tive (Mar. काळी कापशी).
    -अण्डजः the (Indian) cuckoo.
    -अतिक्रमः, -क्रमणम् delay, being late; कालातिक्रमणं वृत्तेर्यो न कुर्वति भूपतिः Pt.1.154.
    -अतिपातः, -अतिरेकः loss of time, delay; Māl.2.
    -अतीत a. elapsed, passed by.
    -अत्ययः 1 delay, lapse of time.
    -2 loss by lapse of time.
    -अध्यक्षः 1 'presiding over time', epithet of the sun.
    -2 the Supreme Soul.
    -अनुनादिन् m.
    1 a bee.
    -2 a sparrow.
    -3 the Chātaka bird.
    -अनुसारकः 1 Tagara tree.
    -2 yellow sandal.
    -अनुसारिः, -अनु- सारिन्, -अनुसारिवा, -अनुसार्यः, -र्यकः benzoin or benja- min.
    (-र्यम्) 1 a yellow fragrant wood (पीतचन्दन).
    -2 Sissoo wood.
    -अन्तकः time, regarded as the god of death, and the destroyer of every thing.
    -अन्तरम् 1 an interval.
    -2 a period of time.
    -3 another time or opportunity. ˚आवृत a. hidden or concealed in the womb of time. ˚क्षम a. able to bear delay; अकालक्षमा देव्याः शरीरावस्था K.263; Ś.4. ˚प्रेक्षिन् Pt.3.172. ˚विषः an animal venomous only when enraged, as a rat.
    -अभ्रः a dark, watery cloud.
    -अयनम् See कालचक्र Bhāg.5.22.11.
    -अवधिः appointed time.
    -अवबोधः knowledge of time and circumstances; Māl.3.11.
    -अशुद्धिः f.
    -अशौचम् period of mourning, ceremonial impurity caused by the birth of a child or death of a relation in the family; see अशौच.
    -अष्टकम् 1 first to eighth days of the dark half of the month आषाढ (festival period of कालभैरव)
    -2 a stotra of कालभैरव by Śhaṅkarāchārya.
    -आकृष्ट a.
    1 led to death.
    -2 produced or brought by time.
    -आत्मक a. depending on time or desti- ny.
    -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit.
    -आदिकः The month चैत्र.
    -आम्रः 1 a mango-kind; कालाम्ररसपीतास्ते नित्यं संस्थित- यौवनाः Mb.6.7.18.
    -2 N. of a Dvīpa; Hariv.
    -आयसम् iron. -a. made of iron; ततः कालायसं शूलं कण्टकैर्बहुभिश्च तम् Rām.7.8.15.
    -उप्त a. sown in due season.
    -कञ्जम् a blue lotus.
    -कटम्, -कटः an epithet of Śiva; Mb.13.
    -कण्ठः 1 a peacock.
    -2 a sparrow.
    -3 a wagtail.
    -4 a gal- linule.
    -5 an epithet of Śiva; कालिन्दीकालकण्ठः कलयतु कुशलं को$पि कापालिको नः Udb.; U.6.
    -कण्ठी Pārvatī, the wife of कालकण्ठ i. e. शिव. नृत्यन्तीमिव रजनी नटीं प्रतीमो गानश्री- र्विलसति नाथ कालकण्ठी Rām Ch.7.23.
    -कण्टक, -कण्ठकः a gallinule.
    -कण़्डकः a water-snake.
    -करणम् appointing or fixing time.
    -कर्णिका, -कर्णी misfortune.
    -कर्मन् n.
    1 death.
    -2 destruction; त्रैलोक्यं तु करिष्यामि संयुक्तं काल- कर्मणा Rām.3.64.62.
    -कलायः dark pulse.
    -कल्प a fatal, deadly.
    -कल्लकः A water-snake.
    -कालः Supreme Being.
    -कीलः noise.
    -कुण्ठः Yama.
    -कुष्ठः a myrrh.
    -कूटः, -टम् (a) a deadly poison; अहो बकी यं स्तनकाल- कूटं अपाययत् Bhāg.3.2.23; Ś.6. (b) the poison churned out of the ocean and drunk by Śiva; अद्यापि नोज्झति हरः किल कालकूटम् Ch. P.5. कालकूटस्य जननीं तां स्तुवे वामलोचनाम् Vb.
    -कूटकः a poison; Mb.1.
    -कृत् m.
    1 the sun.
    -2 a peacock.
    -3 Supreme Spirit.
    -कृत 1 produced by time.
    -2 fixed, appointed.
    -3 lent or deposited,
    -4 done for a long time. (
    -तः) the sun.
    -क्रमः lapse of time, course of time; कालक्रमेण in course or process of time; Ku.1.19.
    -क्रिया 1 fixing a time.
    -2 death.
    -क्षेपः 1 delay, loss of time; कालक्षेप ककुभसुरभौ पर्वते पर्वते ते (उत्पश्यामि) Me.22; मरणे कालक्षेपं मा कुरु Pt.1.
    -2 passing the time.
    -खञ्जम्, -खञ्जनम् -खण्डम् the liver; स्वादुकारं कालखण्डोपदंशम् Śi.18.77.
    -गङ्गा the river Yamu- nā.
    -ग्रन्थिः a year.
    -घातिन् a. killing by degrees or slowly (as a poison).
    -चक्रम् 1 the wheel of time (time being represented as a wheel always moving).
    -2 a cycle.
    -3 (hence fig.) the wheel of fortune, the vicissitudes of life. (
    -क्रः) an epithet of the sun.
    -चिह्नम् a symptom of approaching death.
    -चोदित a. summoned by the angel of death.
    -जोषकः One who is satisfied with sparse food at the proper time.
    -ज्येष्ठः a. senior in years, grown up; U.5.12.
    -ज्ञ a. knowing the proper time or occasion (of any action); अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33; Śi.2.83.
    (-ज्ञः) 1 an astrologer.
    -2 a cock.
    -ज्ञानिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -तिन्दुकः a kind of ebony.
    -त्रयम् the three times; the past, the present, and the future; ˚दर्शी K.46.
    -दण्डः death; श्रेयस्त्रैविक्रमस्ते वितरतु विबुधद्वेषिणां कालदण्डः Dk.
    -दमनी an epithet of Durgā.
    -दष्ट a. doomed to death; कालदष्टं नृपं ज्ञात्वा Bm.1.18.
    -धर्मः, -धर्मन् m.
    1 the line of conduct suitable to any parti- cular time.
    -2 the law or rule of time.
    -3 effects proper to the time.
    -4 fated time, death; कालधर्मं गते सगरे Rām.1.42.1. न पुनर्जीवितः कश्चित्कालधर्ममुपागतः Mb.; परीताः काल- धर्मणा &c.
    -धारणा prolongation of time.
    -नरः (in astro- logy) the figure of a man's body.
    -नाथः; -निधिः Śiva.
    -नियोगः decree of fate or destiny; लङ्घ्यते न खलु काल- नियोगः Ki.9.13.
    -निरूपणम् determination of time, chronology.
    -निर्यासः Bdellium (Mar. गुग्गुळ).
    -नेमिः 1 the rim of the wheel of time.
    -2 N. of a demon, uncle of Rāvaṇa, deputed by him to kill Hanūmat.
    -3 N. of a demon with 1 hands killed by Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः, रिपुः, हरः, हन् m. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -पक्व a. ripened by time; i. e. spontaneously; Ms.6.17,21; Y.3.49.
    -परिवासः standing for a time so as to become stale.
    -पर्णः the flower plant (Mar. नगर).
    -पर्ययः a delay (कालातिक्रम); वक्तुमर्हसि सुग्रीवं व्यतीतं कालपर्यये Rām.4.31.8.
    -पर्यायः the revolution or course of time; मन्ये लोकविनाशो$यं कालपर्यायनोदितः Mb.11.15.41.
    -पाशः the noose of Yama or death.
    -पाशिकः a hang- man.
    -पु (पू) रुषः an attendant of Yama.
    -पृष्ठम् 1 a species of antelope.
    -2 a heron.
    (-कम्) 1 N. of the bow of Karṇa; Ve.4.
    -2 a bow in general.
    -प्रभातम् autumn or Śarad; (the two months following the rainy season considered as the best time).
    -बन्धन a. being under control of death (काल); प्रत्यक्षं मन्यसे कालं मर्त्यः सन् कालबन्धनः Mb.3.35.2.
    -भक्षः an epithet of Śiva.
    -भृत् m. the sun.
    -भैरवः an epithet of Śiva.
    -मल्लिका, -मान (लः) the plant ocimum (Mar. तुळस).
    -मालम् a measure of time.
    -मुखः a species of ape; Mb.3.292.12.
    -मेषी, -मेशिका, -मेषिका f. the Manjiṣṭha plant.
    -यवनः a kind of yavanas and enemy of Kṛiṣṇa and an invincible foe of the Yādavas. Kṛiṣṇa, finding it impossible to vanquish him on the field of battle, cunningly decoyed him to the cave where Muchakunda was sleeping who burnt him down.
    -यापः, -यापनम् procrastination, delay, putting off.
    -योगः fate, destiny.
    -योगतः according to the requirements of the time; Pt.1.184.
    -योगिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रात्रिः, -रात्री f.
    1 a dark night.
    -2 a sister of Yama.
    -3 the Amāvasyā on which lamps are lighted (in the Divali holidays).
    -4 the night of destruction at the end of the world (iden- tified with Durgā); कालरात्रीति तां (सीतां) विद्धि सर्वलङ्का- विनाशिनीम् Rām.5.51.34.
    -5 a particular night in the life of man, on the 7th day of the 7th month of the 77th year.
    -रुद्रः Rudra regarded as the fire that is to destroy the world.
    -लवणम् the बिड salt. (Mar. संचळखार)
    -लोहक्, -लौहम् steel.
    -वलनम् the armour.
    -विप्रकर्षः prolongation of time. विषयबाहुल्यं कालविप्रकर्षश्च स्मृतिं प्रमुष्णाति Mv.5.9.
    -विभक्तिः f. a section or part of time; Ms.1.24.
    -वृद्धिः f. periodical interest (payable monthly, quarterly, or at stated times); Ms.8.153.
    -वृन्तः a kind of pulse (कुलत्थ).
    -वेला the time of Saturn, i. e. a particular time of the day (half a watch every day) at which any religious act is improper.
    -संकर्षा a girl nine years old personating Durgā at a festival.
    -संकर्षिन् a. shortening time (as a mantra); कालसंकर्षिणीं विद्यां दीक्षापूर्वमुपादिशत् Ks.68.65.
    -संगः a. delay; जानामि कार्यस्य च कालसंगम् Rām.4.33.53.
    -संरोधः 1 keeping back for a long time; Ms.8.143.
    -2 lapse of a long period of time; Ms.8.143.
    -सदृश a. opportune, timely.
    -समन्वित, -समायुक्त a. dead; Rām.2.65.16.
    -संपन्न a. dated, bearing a date.
    -सर्पः the black and most poisonous variety of the snake; Gīt.1.12.
    -सारः the black antelope. (
    -रम्) a yellow sort of sandal wood. a. having a black centre or pupil; न कालसारं हरिणं तदक्षिद्वयं प्रभुर्बुद्धुमभून्मनोभूः N.6.19.
    -सूत्रम्, -सूत्रकम् 1 thread of time or death.
    -2 N. of a particular hell; Y.3.222; Ms.4.88.
    -स्कन्दः the Tamāla tree.
    -स्वरूप a. terrible as death, (deathlike in form).
    -हरः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हरणम् loss of time, delay; Ś.3; U.5; यात्वन्येन (वरेण) विहाय कालहरणं रामो वनं दण्डकाम् Mv.4.41.
    -हानिः f. delay; मामक्षमं मण्डनकालहानेर्वेत्तीव बिम्बाधरबद्धतृष्णम् R.13.16.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > काल _kāla

  • 8 santo

    m.
    1 saint, saintly man.
    2 tip.
    3 Santo.
    * * *
    1 (gen) holy, sacred
    2 (persona) holy, saintly
    3 familiar (para enfatizar) hell of a, real, right
    ■ recibió una santa bofetada he got a hell of a whack, he got a right whack
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 saint
    1 (imagen) image of a saint
    2 familiar (dibujo) picture
    3 (onomástica) saint's day
    \
    ¿a santo de qué? familiar why on earth?
    hacer su santa voluntad to do as one damn well pleases
    llegar y besar el santo familiar as easy as pie, a piece of cake
    no es santo de mi devoción familiar I'm not too fond of him, he's not my cup of tea
    ¡por todos los santos! familiar for heaven's sake!
    quedarse para vestir santos familiar to be left on the shelf
    Santo Oficio Holy Office
    santo y seña password
    un santo varón a saint of a man Table 1 NOTA See also san/Table 1
    ————————
    1 (imagen) image of a saint
    2 familiar (dibujo) picture
    3 (onomástica) saint's day
    * * *
    1. (f. - santa)
    noun
    2. (f. - santa)
    adj.
    1) holy
    * * *
    santo, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) (Rel) [vida, persona] holy; [tierra] consecrated; [persona] saintly; [mártir] blessed
    semana
    2) [remedio] wonderful, miraculous
    3) [enfático] blessed
    2. SM / F
    1) (Rel) saint

    santo/a patrón/ona, santo/a titular — patron saint

    2)
    - ¿a santo de qué?
    - ¿a qué santo?

    ¡que se te va el santo al cielo! — you're miles away!

    3) (=persona) saint
    3. SM
    1) (=onomástica) saint's day
    2) [en libro] picture
    3)

    santo y seña — (Mil) password

    4) Cono Sur (Cos) patch, darn
    SANTO As well as celebrating their birthday, many Spaniards and Latin Americans celebrate their santo or onomástica. This is the day when the saint whose name they have is honoured in the Christian calendar. It used to be relatively common for newborn babies to be named after the saint on whose day they were born. So a boy born on 25 July (Saint James's day) stood a good chance of being christened "Santiago". The tradition may be dying out now that parents are no longer restricted to names from the Christian calendar. In Spain, as with birthdays, the person whose santo it is normally buys the drinks if they go out with friends.
    * * *
    I
    - ta adjetivo
    1) (Relig)
    a) <lugar/mujer/vida> holy
    b) ( con nombre propio) St, Saint

    Santo Domingo — Saint Dominic; ver tb San

    2) (fam) ( uso enfático)
    II
    - ta masculino, femenino
    1) ( persona) saint

    por todos los santos! — for Heaven's o goodness' sake!

    ¿a santo de qué? — (fam) why on earth? (colloq)

    darse de santos — (Méx fam) to think oneself lucky (colloq)

    desnudar a un santo para vestir a otro — to rob Peter to pay Paul

    no es santo de mi/tu/su devoción — he/she is not my/your/his favorite person

    quedarse para vestir santos — to be left on the shelf

    se me/le fue el santo al cielo — it went right out of my/his head

    no te creas que fue llegar y besar el santo — don't think it was just handed to me/him on a plate

    2) santo masculino ( festividad) name day, saint's day; ( cumpleaños) (esp AmL) birthday
    •• Cultural note:
    Most first names in Spanish-speaking countries are those of saints. A person's santo, (also known as onomástico in Latin America and onomástica in Spain) is the saint's day of the saint that they are named for. Children were once usually named for the saint whose day they were born on, but this is less common now
    * * *
    I
    - ta adjetivo
    1) (Relig)
    a) <lugar/mujer/vida> holy
    b) ( con nombre propio) St, Saint

    Santo Domingo — Saint Dominic; ver tb San

    2) (fam) ( uso enfático)
    II
    - ta masculino, femenino
    1) ( persona) saint

    por todos los santos! — for Heaven's o goodness' sake!

    ¿a santo de qué? — (fam) why on earth? (colloq)

    darse de santos — (Méx fam) to think oneself lucky (colloq)

    desnudar a un santo para vestir a otro — to rob Peter to pay Paul

    no es santo de mi/tu/su devoción — he/she is not my/your/his favorite person

    quedarse para vestir santos — to be left on the shelf

    se me/le fue el santo al cielo — it went right out of my/his head

    no te creas que fue llegar y besar el santo — don't think it was just handed to me/him on a plate

    2) santo masculino ( festividad) name day, saint's day; ( cumpleaños) (esp AmL) birthday
    •• Cultural note:
    Most first names in Spanish-speaking countries are those of saints. A person's santo, (also known as onomástico in Latin America and onomástica in Spain) is the saint's day of the saint that they are named for. Children were once usually named for the saint whose day they were born on, but this is less common now
    * * *
    santo1
    1 = saint.

    Ex: The same person cannot be both a man and a woman, a saint and a sinner, a stay-at-home and an explorer, an ancient Roman and a modern Russian.

    * acabar con la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint, try + the patience of a saint.
    * adoración de los santos = saint worship.
    * desvestir a un santo para vestir a otro = rob Peter to pay Paul.
    * Día de Todos los Santos = All Saints' Day.
    * día de un santo = saint's day.
    * efecto del santo = halo effect.
    * írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.
    * írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.
    * Posesivo + santo = Posesivo + saint's day.
    * santo Job = Saint Job.
    * santo y seña = shibboleth.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

    santo2
    2 = holy [holier -comp., holiest -sup.], saintly [saintlier -comp., santiliest -sup,].

    Ex: The title of the article is 'More holy men than learned: impressions from Indian manuscript libraries'.

    Ex: All people, regardless of how saintly or naughty, merited a notice of their important contributions or personal characteristics.
    * ¡Cielo Santo! = Good heavens!.
    * Día de los (Santos) Inocentes, el = April Fools' Day.
    * hombre santo = holy man.
    * Jueves Santo = Maundy Thursday, Holy Thursday.
    * Sábado Santo = Holy Saturday.
    * Sábana Santa de Turín, la = Shroud of Turin, the.
    * Sábana Santa, la = Shroud, the, Holy Shroud, the.
    * Santa Claus = Father Christmas, Santa Claus.
    * Santa Hermandad, la = Holy Order, the.
    * Santa Sede = Holy See.
    * ¡Santo Cielo! = Good heavens!.
    * ¡Santo Dios! = goodness gracious.
    * Santo Domingo = Santo Domingo.
    * santo grial = holy grail.
    * santo patrón = patron saint.
    * Santo Sepulcro, el = Holy Sepulchre, the.
    * santo varón = holy man.
    * todo el santo día = all day long.
    * Viernes Santo = Good Friday.

    * * *
    santo1 -ta
    A ( Relig)
    1 ‹lugar/mujer/vida› holy
    la santa misa holy mass
    la Santa Madre Iglesia the Holy Mother Church
    los santos mártires the blessed martyrs
    tu abuelo, que fue un santo varón your grandfather, who was a saintly man o a saint
    fue un hombre santo y bueno he was a good and saintly man
    Santa Teresa/Rosa Saint Theresa/Rosa
    Santo Domingo/Tomás Saint Dominic/Thomas
    Compuestos:
    feminine Holy Alliance
    la Santoa Sede the Holy See
    masculine Blessed Sacrament
    masculine Second Coming
    esperar a algn/algo como al Santo Advenimiento to wait impatiently for sb/sth
    masculine Holy Grail
    masculine Holy Office
    masculine Holy Father
    masculine patron saint
    masculine ( AmL) patron saint
    mpl Holy Innocents (pl)
    mpl holy places (pl)
    mpl holy oils (pl)
    B ( fam)
    (uso enfático): estuvo lloviendo todo el santo día it rained the whole blessed day ( colloq)
    siempre tenemos que hacer su santa voluntad we always have to do what he wants
    santo2 -ta
    masculine, feminine
    santo (↑ santo a1)
    A (persona) saint
    imágenes de santos images of saints
    se ha portado como una santa she's been a little angel
    no te hagas el santo don't act o come over all virtuous
    se necesita una paciencia de santo para ese trabajo you need the patience of a saint to do that kind of work
    tu madre es una santa your mother's a saint
    ¡por todos los santos! for Heaven's o goodness' sake!
    ¿a santo de qué? or ¿a qué santo? ( fam); why on earth? ( colloq)
    ¿a qué santo tuviste que ir a decírselo? why on earth did you have to go and tell him?
    cada uno or cada cual para su santo ( fam): nada de pagar tú todo, cada uno para su santo you're not footing the bill, everyone can pay for themselves o pay their share
    trabaja cada cual para su santo everyone is just working for themselves
    comerse los santos ( fam); to be very holy
    con el santo de espaldas ill-starred, unlucky
    darse de santos ( Méx fam); to think oneself lucky ( colloq)
    ni tanto que queme al santo, ni tanto que no lo alumbre ( Col); try to strike a happy medium
    no es santo de mi/tu/su devoción he/she is not my/your/his favorite person
    no sé/sabía a qué santo encomendarme ( fam); I don't/didn't know which way to turn ( colloq)
    quedarse para vestir santos to be left on the shelf
    se me/le fue el santo al cielo it went right out of my/his head
    ser llegar y besar el santo ( fam): no te creas que fue llegar y besar el santo don't think it was just handed to me/him on a plate o that it just fell into my/his lap
    te/le sienta como a un santo un par de pistolas ( fam hum); it looks awful on you/him o it doesn't suit you/him at all
    tener santos en la corte ( Chi fam); to have friends in high places ( colloq)
    Compuesto:
    password
    B
    santo masculine (festividad) name day, saint's day; (cumpleaños) ( esp AmL) birthday
    C ( Chi) (homenajeado) person who is celebrating his/her saint's day
    Most first names in Spanish-speaking countries are those of saints. A person's santo, (also known as onomástico in Latin America and onomástica in Spain) is the saint's day of the saint that they are named for. Children were once usually named for the saint whose day they were born on, but this is less common now.
    * * *

    Multiple Entries:
    S.    
    Sto.    
    santo
    S. (
    ◊ santo) St

    Sto. (Santo) St
    santo -ta adjetivo
    1 (Relig)
    a) ‹lugar/mujer/vida› holy



    ver tb San
    2 (fam) ( uso enfático) blessed;

    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino
    1 ( persona) saint;

    no te hagas el santo don't come over all virtuous;
    santo y seña password
    2
    ◊ santo sustantivo masculino ( festividad) name day, saint's day;


    ( cumpleaños) (esp AmL) birthday
    santo,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 Rel (lugar, hecho, vida, etc) holy
    2 (persona canonizada) Saint
    Santo Tomás, Saint Thomas
    3 acabó haciendo su santa voluntad, he ended up doing just as he wanted
    familiar todo el santo día, the whole blessed day
    II m,f (persona muy buena) saint
    III sustantivo masculino (onomástica) es mi santo, it's my saint's day o name day
    ♦ Locuciones: se me/le fue el santo al cielo, it went straight out of my/his head
    quedarse para vestir santos, familiar to be left on the shelf
    tener/no tener el santo de cara, to be very lucky/unlucky
    ¿a santo de qué?, why on earth?
    Mil ¡santo y seña!, password
    familiar (conseguir algo a la primera) llegar y besar el santo, to pull sthg off at the first attempt
    ' santo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bendita
    - bendito
    - cielo
    - devoción
    - espíritu
    - jueves
    - S.
    - sábado
    - san
    - santa
    - santidad
    - santificar
    - Santo Domingo
    - veladora
    - dios
    - San
    - Sto.
    - viernes
    English:
    Friday
    - god
    - good
    - Good Friday
    - grief
    - holy
    - mile
    - patron saint
    - rob
    - saint
    - saintly
    - shrine
    - tea
    - watchword
    - gracious
    - inquisition
    * * *
    santo, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [sagrado] holy
    el Santo Advenimiento the Second Coming; Hist la Santa Alianza the Holy Alliance;
    la santa cena the Last Supper;
    el Santo Grial the Holy Grail;
    los Santos Inocentes the Holy Innocents;
    los santos lugares the holy places;
    la Santa Madre Iglesia the Holy Mother Church;
    el Santo Oficio the Holy Office;
    el Santo Padre the Holy Father;
    Am santo patrono patron saint;
    los santos sacramentos the Sacraments;
    la Santa Sede the Holy See
    2. [virtuoso] saintly;
    su padre era un santo varón her father was a saintly man
    3. [antes de nombre propio] Santa Claus Santa Claus;
    Méx, Ven Santa Clos Santa Claus;
    Santa María Saint Mary;
    Santo Tomás Saint Thomas
    4. [en nombres geográficos] Santo Domingo Santo Domingo;
    Santa Elena Saint Helena;
    Santo Tomé São Tomé;
    Santo Tomé y Príncipe São Tomé and Príncipe
    5. santa Rita [planta] bougainvillea
    6. Fam [dichoso, maldito] damn;
    todo el santo día all day long;
    no paró de nevar en todo el santo día it went on snowing all day long;
    el teléfono lleva sonando toda la santa mañana the damn phone hasn't stopped ringing all morning;
    él siempre hace su santa voluntad he always does whatever he damn well likes
    7. Fam [beneficioso] miraculous;
    esta infusión es cosa santa this herbal tea works wonders
    ♦ nm,f
    saint;
    su madre era una santa her mother was a saint
    santo patrón patron saint;
    santa patrona patron saint
    ♦ nm
    1. [onomástica] saint's day;
    hoy es su santo it's his saint's day today
    2. Fam [ilustración] illustration
    3. [contraseña]
    santo y seña password
    4. Chile [parche] patch
    5. Comp
    ¿a santo de qué? why on earth?, for what earthly reason?;
    ¿a santo de qué me llamas a casa? why on earth are you calling me at home?;
    desnudar a un santo para vestir a otro to rob Peter to pay Paul;
    se le fue el santo al cielo he completely forgot;
    llegar y besar el santo: fue llegar y besar el santo, nos dieron el permiso a los dos días it couldn't have been easier, we got the licence within two days;
    fue llegar y besar el santo, marcó a los dos minutos de su debut he was an instant success, he scored within two minutes of his debut;
    no es santo de mi devoción he's not my cup of tea;
    ¡por todos los santos! for heaven's sake!;
    quedarse para vestir santos to be left on the shelf;
    tener el santo de cara to have luck on one's side
    * * *
    I adj holy
    II m, santa f saint;
    ¿a santo de qué? fam what on earth for? fam ;
    no es santo de mi devoción fam I don’t like him very much, he isn’t my favorite o Br
    favourite person;
    quedarse para vestir santos fam be left on the shelf;
    tener el santo de cara be incredibly lucky, have the luck of the devil;
    tener el santo de espaldas have no luck at all;
    fue llegar y besar el santo fam everything fell into his lap;
    se me ha ido el santo al cielo fam it has gone right out of my head;
    dormir como un santo sleep like a baby o a log;
    Todos los Santos All Saints’ (Day)
    III m ( onomástica) saint’s day
    * * *
    santo, -ta adj
    1) : holy, saintly
    el Santo Padre: the Holy Father
    una vida santa: a saintly life
    2)
    Santa Clara: Saint Claire
    Santo Tomás: Saint Thomas
    San Francisco: Saint Francis
    santo, -ta n
    : saint
    santo nm
    1) : saint's day
    2) cumpleaños: birthday
    * * *
    santo1 adj
    1. (sagrado) holy [comp. holier; superl. holiest]
    santo2 n
    1. (persona) saint
    2. (día) saint's day

    Spanish-English dictionary > santo

  • 9 comida

    f.
    1 food (food).
    comida basura junk food
    comida casera home cooking
    comidas para empresas business catering
    comida preparada convenience food
    comida rápida fast food
    2 meal (almuerzo, cena).
    comida de Navidad Christmas dinner
    comida de trabajo business lunch
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: comer.
    pres.subj.
    1st person singular (yo) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: comedirse.
    * * *
    1 (alimento) food
    3 (almuerzo) lunch
    \
    comida basura junk food
    comida casera home cooking
    comida de negocios business lunch
    comida rápida fast food
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) food
    3) meal
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=alimento) food

    mamá está haciendo o preparando la comida — mum is making lunch

    comida precocinada, comida preparada — ready meals pl, precooked meals pl

    2) (=acto de comer) meal
    3) esp Esp (=almuerzo) lunch
    4) LAm (=cena) dinner, evening meal
    5) **

    comida de coco, comida de tarro, en la mili le han hecho una comida de coco o tarro — they brainwashed him when he was in the army

    este libro es una comida de coco o tarro — this book is pretty heavy stuff *

    * * *
    1) ( alimentos) food
    2)

    hago tres comidas al día — I have o eat three meals a day

    b) (AmL) (menú, platos) food

    hacer or preparar la comida — to get the food ready o cook the food

    3)
    a) (esp Esp, Méx) ( almuerzo) lunch, dinner (BrE)
    b) (esp AmL) ( cena) dinner, supper; ( en algunas regiones del Reino Unido) tea
    * * *
    = food, meal, eats, cuisine, food supply, grub, chow, nosh, foodstuffs, fare, supper, supply of food.
    Ex. Food, cookery and Mediterranean are isolates drawn from the facets of Domestic science, constituting phenomena studied.
    Ex. The pilot fish leads the shark to food, then lives off the crumbs of the shark's meals.
    Ex. Recounts the experience of some US book superstores in offering drinks and eats in order to make them user friendly.
    Ex. Diet books are now more flexible, and there is a resurgence of interest in vegetarian cuisine.
    Ex. This study investigated the mechanisms by which these changes have impacted on birds and their food supplies.
    Ex. Why grub has to be 'rustled up' is anyone's guess; that is just the way it was on the Wild West.
    Ex. The lowly chow of the rural poor has gone highbrow.
    Ex. Top it off with spicy guacamole and it's worth the nosh.
    Ex. Attention has focussed on the labelling of foodstuffs and the testing and approval of food additives.
    Ex. This stylish cafe, situated in a heritage-listed building that used to be a gun shop, offers original, restaurant-quality fare.
    Ex. A big pumpkin, cut into quarters and baked, is a sweet and warming supper.
    Ex. Previous studies in which squirrels were provisioned with an abundant supply of food found a reduction in the rate of caching.
    ----
    * atracarse de comida = stuff + Posesivo + face.
    * atracón de comida = binge eating.
    * bolsa de comida = box lunch.
    * buena comida, la = good food.
    * búsqueda de comida = foraging.
    * cama y comida = food and board, bed and board.
    * comida al aire libre = cookout.
    * comida basura = junk food.
    * comida caliente = cooked meal.
    * comida de dos platos y postre = three-course meal.
    * comida de empresa = company dinner.
    * comida de fuera = outside food.
    * comida de Navidad = Christmas dinner.
    * comida de trabajo = business meal, professional meal.
    * comida de tres platos = three-course meal.
    * comida ecológica = ecological food.
    * comida en conserva = tinned food, canned food.
    * comida enlatada = tinned food, canned food.
    * comida escolar = school lunch, school dinner.
    * comida grasa = fatty food.
    * comida infantil = baby food.
    * comida para animales = animal feed.
    * comida para llevar = takeaway meal, take-out meal, take-out.
    * comida para niños = baby food.
    * comida para pájaros = bird seed.
    * comida para perros = dog food.
    * comida para picar = finger food.
    * comida poco saludable = unhealthy foods.
    * comida precocinada = baked goods.
    * comida preparada = take-out.
    * comida principal = main meal.
    * comida rápida = fast food, junk food.
    * comidas = dining.
    * comida saludable = wholesome food, healthy food.
    * comida sana = wholesome food, healthy food.
    * comidas caseras = home cooking.
    * comidas selectas = delicatessen [deli, -abrev.].
    * comida tradicional de los negros del sur de los Estados Unidos = soul food.
    * comida y alojamiento = board and lodging.
    * comida y habitación = board and lodging.
    * decoración de los carritos de la comida = trolley dressing.
    * en las comidas = at meal times.
    * gasto en comida = food bill.
    * harto de comida = fullfed.
    * hora de la comida = mealtime [meal time].
    * industria de la comida rápida, la = fast-food industry, the.
    * preparar la comida = cook + meal.
    * puesto de café y comida = coffee and lunch corner.
    * puesto de comida = food stall.
    * restaurante de comida rápida = fast-food restaurant.
    * ser muy delicado con la comida = be a picky eater.
    * ser muy melindroso con la comida = be a picky eater.
    * ser muy tiquismiquis con la comida = be a picky eater.
    * sin incluir las comidas = self-catering.
    * * *
    1) ( alimentos) food
    2)

    hago tres comidas al día — I have o eat three meals a day

    b) (AmL) (menú, platos) food

    hacer or preparar la comida — to get the food ready o cook the food

    3)
    a) (esp Esp, Méx) ( almuerzo) lunch, dinner (BrE)
    b) (esp AmL) ( cena) dinner, supper; ( en algunas regiones del Reino Unido) tea
    * * *
    = food, meal, eats, cuisine, food supply, grub, chow, nosh, foodstuffs, fare, supper, supply of food.

    Ex: Food, cookery and Mediterranean are isolates drawn from the facets of Domestic science, constituting phenomena studied.

    Ex: The pilot fish leads the shark to food, then lives off the crumbs of the shark's meals.
    Ex: Recounts the experience of some US book superstores in offering drinks and eats in order to make them user friendly.
    Ex: Diet books are now more flexible, and there is a resurgence of interest in vegetarian cuisine.
    Ex: This study investigated the mechanisms by which these changes have impacted on birds and their food supplies.
    Ex: Why grub has to be 'rustled up' is anyone's guess; that is just the way it was on the Wild West.
    Ex: The lowly chow of the rural poor has gone highbrow.
    Ex: Top it off with spicy guacamole and it's worth the nosh.
    Ex: Attention has focussed on the labelling of foodstuffs and the testing and approval of food additives.
    Ex: This stylish cafe, situated in a heritage-listed building that used to be a gun shop, offers original, restaurant-quality fare.
    Ex: A big pumpkin, cut into quarters and baked, is a sweet and warming supper.
    Ex: Previous studies in which squirrels were provisioned with an abundant supply of food found a reduction in the rate of caching.
    * atracarse de comida = stuff + Posesivo + face.
    * atracón de comida = binge eating.
    * bolsa de comida = box lunch.
    * buena comida, la = good food.
    * búsqueda de comida = foraging.
    * cama y comida = food and board, bed and board.
    * comida al aire libre = cookout.
    * comida basura = junk food.
    * comida caliente = cooked meal.
    * comida de dos platos y postre = three-course meal.
    * comida de empresa = company dinner.
    * comida de fuera = outside food.
    * comida de Navidad = Christmas dinner.
    * comida de trabajo = business meal, professional meal.
    * comida de tres platos = three-course meal.
    * comida ecológica = ecological food.
    * comida en conserva = tinned food, canned food.
    * comida enlatada = tinned food, canned food.
    * comida escolar = school lunch, school dinner.
    * comida grasa = fatty food.
    * comida infantil = baby food.
    * comida para animales = animal feed.
    * comida para llevar = takeaway meal, take-out meal, take-out.
    * comida para niños = baby food.
    * comida para pájaros = bird seed.
    * comida para perros = dog food.
    * comida para picar = finger food.
    * comida poco saludable = unhealthy foods.
    * comida precocinada = baked goods.
    * comida preparada = take-out.
    * comida principal = main meal.
    * comida rápida = fast food, junk food.
    * comidas = dining.
    * comida saludable = wholesome food, healthy food.
    * comida sana = wholesome food, healthy food.
    * comidas caseras = home cooking.
    * comidas selectas = delicatessen [deli, -abrev.].
    * comida tradicional de los negros del sur de los Estados Unidos = soul food.
    * comida y alojamiento = board and lodging.
    * comida y habitación = board and lodging.
    * decoración de los carritos de la comida = trolley dressing.
    * en las comidas = at meal times.
    * gasto en comida = food bill.
    * harto de comida = fullfed.
    * hora de la comida = mealtime [meal time].
    * industria de la comida rápida, la = fast-food industry, the.
    * preparar la comida = cook + meal.
    * puesto de café y comida = coffee and lunch corner.
    * puesto de comida = food stall.
    * restaurante de comida rápida = fast-food restaurant.
    * ser muy delicado con la comida = be a picky eater.
    * ser muy melindroso con la comida = be a picky eater.
    * ser muy tiquismiquis con la comida = be a picky eater.
    * sin incluir las comidas = self-catering.

    * * *
    gastamos mucho en comida we spend a lot on food
    ¿te gusta la comida china? do you like Chinese food o cooking?
    comida para perros/gatos dog/cat food
    B
    hago tres comidas al día I have o eat three meals a day
    come mucho pan con la comida she eats a lot of bread with her meals o food
    aquí la comida fuerte es la del mediodía here the main meal is at midday
    2 (menú, platos) food
    en este bar no sirven comidas they don't serve o ( BrE) do meals in this bar
    está haciendo or preparando la comida he's getting the food ready o cooking the food
    Compuestos:
    junk food
    ● comida de negocios/de trabajo
    business/working lunch
    school lunch o dinner ( BrE)
    C
    1 (esp Esp, Méx) (almuerzo) lunch, dinner ( BrE)
    * * *

     

    Del verbo comedirse: ( conjugate comedirse)

    me comida es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    se comida es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    comida sustantivo femenino


    comida basura/rápida junk/fast food


    ¿quién hace la comida en tu casa? who does the cooking in your house?;
    todavía no he hecho la comida I still haven't cooked the meal
    c) (esp Esp, Méx) ( almuerzo) lunch

    d) (esp AmL) ( cena) dinner, supper;

    ( en algunas regiones del Reino Unido) tea
    comido,-a adjetivo yo estoy comida, I've had lunch
    vinieron comidos, when they arrived they had already eaten
    ♦ Locuciones: sale lo comido por lo servido, (no compensar) it's not worthwhile
    ser pan comido, to be a piece of cake
    comida sustantivo femenino
    1 (alimentos) food: la comida escasea, food is scarce
    2 (ingesta de alimentos) meal
    (al mediodía) lunch: después de la comida siempre estamos un ratito de sobremesa, after dinner we always chat around the table
    La palabra comida puede referirse al alimento en general ( food), a cualquiera de las tres comidas del día ( meal) o a la comida del mediodía ( lunch), aunque algunos anglohablantes la llaman a veces dinner. ➣ Ver nota en dinner
    ' comida' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abalanzarse
    - aderezar
    - aderezo
    - alimento
    - almuerzo
    - ansiosa
    - ansioso
    - antojarse
    - aperitivo
    - apetitosa
    - apetitoso
    - atracarse
    - bocado
    - brocheta
    - ciega
    - ciego
    - comido
    - cruda
    - crudo
    - delicada
    - delicado
    - delito
    - desorbitada
    - desorbitado
    - destemplarse
    - enormidad
    - envidiar
    - estar
    - estropearse
    - fondón
    - fondona
    - fuerte
    - grasosa
    - grasoso
    - guarrear
    - harta
    - hartar
    - harto
    - hincar
    - indigestarse
    - ingerir
    - itacate
    - llenar
    - mesa
    - mierda
    - mucha
    - mucho
    - palillo
    - pasar
    - peculiar
    English:
    ample
    - beautiful
    - beg
    - binge
    - bite
    - bland
    - boiling
    - burn
    - can
    - canned
    - cater
    - caterer
    - complaint
    - concoct
    - consumption
    - cook
    - cooking
    - cool down
    - cool off
    - course
    - dainty
    - decay
    - defrost
    - dehydrated
    - delicacy
    - delicatessen
    - delightful
    - diet
    - dig into
    - digest
    - dinner
    - disagree
    - dish
    - doggy bag
    - eat up
    - enjoyable
    - excessive
    - fancy
    - far
    - fare
    - fast food
    - feed
    - filling station
    - finish up
    - fit
    - fix
    - food
    - forage
    - freeze
    - fresh
    * * *
    comida nf
    1. [alimento] food;
    la comida francesa/mexicana French/Mexican food;
    comida para perros/gatos dog/cat food
    comida basura junk food;
    comida casera home cooking;
    Méx comida chatarra junk food; Méx comida corrida set meal; Méx comida corriente set meal;
    comidas a domicilio = home delivery of food;
    comidas para empresas business catering;
    comida para llevar takeaway food;
    comida preparada ready meals;
    comida rápida fast food
    2. [acto de comer] meal;
    se sirven comidas [en letrero] food served
    3. Esp, Méx [al mediodía] lunch;
    dar una comida to have a lunch party;
    una comida de negocios o [m5] de trabajo a business lunch;
    4. esp Andes [a la noche] dinner
    * * *
    f
    1 (comestibles) food
    2 ocasión meal
    * * *
    comida nf
    1) : food
    2) : meal
    3) : dinner
    4)
    comida basura : junk food
    5)
    comida rápida : fast food
    * * *
    1. (alimentos) food
    ¿a qué hora quieres la comida? what time do you want lunch?

    Spanish-English dictionary > comida

  • 10 सु _su

    1
    सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)
    1 To press out or extract juice.
    -2 To distil.
    -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
    -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).
    -5 To bathe.
    -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.
    2
    सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--
    1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.
    -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.
    -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.
    -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.
    -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.
    -6 Worthy of respect or reverence.
    -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 having good eyes.
    -2 having keen organs, acute.
    -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
    -अच्छ a. see s. v.
    -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.
    -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.
    -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.
    -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
    - आगत see s. v.
    -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.
    -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.
    -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.
    -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (
    -क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).
    (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.
    -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.
    1 a hymn.
    -2 praise, a word of praise.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a good or friendly speech.
    -2 a good or clever saying.
    -3 a correct sentence.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 very superior.
    -2 well towards the north.
    -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
    -नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.
    -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.
    - उपसदन a. easy to be approached.
    -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.
    -कण्टका the aloe plant.
    -कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (
    -ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.
    -कण्डुः itch.
    -कन्दः 1 an onion.
    -2 a yam.
    -3 a sort of grass.
    -कन्दकः onion.
    -कर a. (
    -रा or
    -री f.)
    1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.
    -2 easy to be managed. (
    -रः) a good-natured horse. (
    -रा) a tractable cow. (
    -रम्) charity, benevolence.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.
    -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.
    -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)
    -कलिल a. well filled with.
    -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.
    -कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.
    -कल्य a. perfectly sound.
    -काण्डः the Kāravella plant.
    -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
    -काण्डिन् a.
    1 having beautiful stems.
    -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.
    -काष्ठम् fire-wood.
    -कुन्दकः an onion.
    -कुमार a.
    1 very delicate or soft, smooth.
    -2 beautifully young or youthful.
    (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.
    -2 a kind of sugar-cane.
    -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).
    -4 a kind of mustard.
    -5 the wild Cham- paka.
    (-रा) 1 the double jasmine.
    -2 the plantain.
    -3 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.
    -2 rice (शालि).
    (-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.
    -2 a particutar part of the ear.
    -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.
    -कृत् a.
    1 doing good, benevolent.
    -2 pious, virtuous, righteous.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 for- tunate, lucky.
    -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)
    1 a skilful worker.
    -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.
    -3 well made or constructed.
    -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.
    -5 virtuous, righteous, pious.
    -6 lucky, fortunate.
    (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.
    -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.
    -3 fortune, auspiciousness.
    -4 recompense, reward.
    -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 well-doing, a good act.
    -2 kindness, virtue.
    -3 practice of penance.
    -4 auspiciousness.
    -कृतिन् a.
    1 acting well or kindly.
    -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 benevolent.
    -5 fortunate, lucky.
    -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.
    -केश(स)रः the citron tree.
    -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Indra.
    -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.
    -5 of the sun.
    -6 of Soma.
    -क्रयः a fair bargain.
    -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.
    -खल्लिका luxurious life.
    -ग a.
    1 going gracefully or well.
    -2 graceful, elegant.
    -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.
    -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (
    -गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.
    (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.
    -2 happiness.
    -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.
    -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.
    -गत a.
    1 well-gone or passed.
    -2 well-bestowed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.
    -2 a secure refuge.
    -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a trader.
    (-न्धम्) 1 sandal.
    -2 small cumin seed.
    -3 a blue lotus.
    -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (
    -न्धा) sacred basil.
    -गन्धकः 1 sulphur.
    -2 the red Tulasee.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 a kind of gourd,
    -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.
    -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -गन्धि a.
    1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.
    -2 virtuous, pious.
    (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
    -न्धि n.)
    1 the root of long pepper.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला
    1 nutmeg.
    -2 areca nut.
    -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.
    -गन्धिकः 1 incense.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a kind of rice. (
    -कम्) the white lotus.
    -गम a.
    1 easy of access, accessible.
    -2 easy.
    -3 plain, intelligible.
    -गरम् cinnabar.
    -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.
    -गात्री a beautiful woman.
    -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.
    -गृह a. (
    -ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.
    -गृहीत a.
    1 held well or firmly, grasped.
    -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.
    1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.
    -ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.
    -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.
    (-वः) 1 a hero.
    -2 a swan.
    -3 a kind of weapon.
    -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -5 of Śiva.
    -6 of Indra.
    -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.
    -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.
    -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (
    -षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.
    -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)
    1 discerning or wise man, learned man.
    -2 The glomerous fig-tree.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a.
    1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.
    -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (
    -तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.
    -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (
    -ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
    -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.
    -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.
    -2 a kind of speckled snake.
    -चित्रा a kind of gourd.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
    -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.
    -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.
    -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.
    -चेतस् a.
    1 well-minded.
    -2 wise.
    -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.
    -चेलकः a fine cloth.
    -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.
    -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (
    -त्रा) the river Sutlej.
    -जन a.
    1 good, virtuous, respectable.
    -2 kind, benevolent.
    (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.
    -2 a gentleman.
    -3 N. of Indra's charioteer.
    -जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.
    -2 a number of good men.
    -3 bravery.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.
    -2 legitimate, lawfully born.
    -जलम् a lotus.
    -जल्पः 1 a good speech.
    -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥
    -जात a.
    1 well-grown, tall.
    -2 well made or produced.
    -3 of high birth.
    -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.
    -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.
    -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).
    -तनु a.
    1 having a beautiful body.
    -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.
    -3 emaciated. (
    -नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.
    -तन्त्री a.
    1 well-stringed.
    -2 (hence) melodious.
    -तपस् a.
    1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.
    -2 having great heat. (-m.)
    1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.
    -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.
    -तप्त a.
    1 greatly harassed, afflicted.
    -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.
    -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.
    -तराम् ind.
    1 bet- ter, more excellently.
    -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.
    -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.
    -4 consequently.
    -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.
    -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).
    -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.
    -2 the foundation of a large building.
    -तान a. melodious.
    -तार a.
    1 very bright.
    -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.
    -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (
    -रः) a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.
    -तिक्तकः the coral tree.
    -तीक्ष्ण a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very pungent.
    -3 acutely painful.
    (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.
    -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.
    -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.
    -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.
    -2 the culminating point of a planet.
    -तुमुल a. very loud.
    -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (
    -नः) a well-pointed arrow.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very bright, or splendid.
    -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 very sincere or upright.
    -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.
    -3 very skilful.
    -4 very polite. (
    -णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.
    -दण्डः a cane, ratan.
    -दत् a. (
    -ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.
    -दन्तः 1 a good tooth.
    -2 an actor; a dancer. (
    -न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
    -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).
    -दर्शन a. (
    -ना or
    -नी f.)
    1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.
    -2 easily seen. (
    -नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of mount Meru.
    -4 a vul- ture. (
    -नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
    -नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.
    -दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.
    -2 a woman.
    -3 an order, a command.
    -4 a kind of drug.
    -दास् a. very bountiful.
    -दान्तः a Buddhist.
    -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)
    1 a cloud.
    -2 a moun- tain.
    -3 the sea.
    -4 N. of Indra's elephant.
    -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
    -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.
    -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.
    -3 one who offers such a gift.
    -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.
    -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.
    -दिह् a. well-polished, bright.
    -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (
    -र्घा) a kind of cucumber.
    -दुराधर्ष a.
    1 very hard to get.
    -2 quite intolerable.
    -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.
    -दुरासद a. unapproachable.
    -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.
    -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.
    -दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.
    -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.
    -दुश्चर a.
    1 inaccessible.
    -2 very painful.
    -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.
    -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.
    -दूर a. very distant or remote. (
    -सुदूरम् means
    1 to a great distance.
    -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.
    -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').
    -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.
    -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.
    -देशिकः a good guide.
    -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)
    1 a good archer or bowman.
    -2 Ananta, the great serpent.
    -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.
    -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)
    1 the hall or palace of Indra.
    -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
    -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.
    -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.
    -धात a. well cleaned.
    -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -धित a. Ved.
    1 perfect, secure.
    -2 kind, good.
    -3 happy, prosperous.
    -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
    -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
    -धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः
    1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.
    -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या
    1 a woman.
    -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.
    -3 a sort of pigment.
    -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.
    -नन्दः a kind of royal palace.
    -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.
    -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.
    -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.
    -नयः 1 good conduct.
    -2 good policy.
    - नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -नाभ a.
    1 having a beautiful navel.
    -2 having a good nave or cen- tre.
    (-भः) 1 a mountain.
    -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (
    -भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.
    -नालम् a red water-lily.
    -निःष्ठित a. quite ready.
    -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (
    -तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
    -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.
    -निरूहणम् a good purgative.
    -निर्णिक्त a. well polished.
    -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).
    -निहित a. well-established.
    -नीत a.
    1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.
    -2 polite, civil.
    (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.
    -2 good policy or prodence.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.
    -2 good policy.
    -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
    -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.
    (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.
    -3 Ved. a good leader.
    -नील a. very black or blue. (
    -लः) the pomegranate tree. (
    -ला) common flax.
    (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.
    -नु n. water.
    -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.
    -पक्व a.
    1 well-cooked.
    -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (
    -क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.
    -पठ a. legible.
    -पत्नी a woman having a good husband.
    -पत्र a.
    1 having beautiful wings.
    -2 well-feathered (an arrow).
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 a good course.
    -3 good conduct.
    -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.
    -पद्मा orris root.
    -परीक्षित a. well-examined.
    -पर्ण a. (
    -र्णा or
    -र्णी f.)
    1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.
    -2 having good or beautiful leaves.
    (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.
    -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.
    -3 any supernatural bird.
    -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.
    -5 a cock.
    -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.
    -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.
    -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.
    -पर्णा, -पर्णी f.
    1 a number of lotuses.
    -2 a pool abounding in lotuses.
    -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
    -पर्यवदात a. very clean.
    -पर्याप्त a.
    1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.
    -2 well-fitted.
    -पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)
    1 a bam- boo.
    -2 an arrow.
    -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.
    -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).
    -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.
    -पलायित a.
    1 completely fled or run away.
    -2 skilfully retreated.
    -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).
    -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.
    -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
    -पाद् (
    -पाद् or
    -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.
    -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).
    -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
    -पालि a. distinguished.
    -पीतम् 1 a carrot.
    -2 yellow sandal. (
    -तः) the fifth Muhūrta.
    -पुंसी a woman having a good husband.
    -पुरम् a strong fortress.
    -पुष्प a. (
    -ष्पा or
    -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.
    (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (
    -ष्पी) the plantain tree.
    (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.
    -2 the menstrual excretion.
    -पुष्पित a.
    1 well blossomed, being in full flower.
    -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.
    -पूर a.
    1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.
    -2 well-filling. (
    -रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).
    -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.
    -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.
    -2 public, notorious.
    -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.
    -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a.
    1 standing well.
    -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.
    (-ष्ठा) 1 good position.
    -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.
    -3 esta- blishment, erection.
    -4 installation, consecration.
    -प्रतिष्ठित a.
    1 well-established.
    -2 consecrated.
    -3 ce- lebrated. (
    -तः) the Udumbara tree.
    -प्रतिष्णात a.
    1 thoroughly purified.
    -2 well-versed in.
    -3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.
    -प्रतीक a.
    1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.
    -2 having a beau- tiful trunk.
    (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
    -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.
    -प्रपाणम् a good tank.
    -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (
    -भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.
    -2 the earliest dawn.
    -प्रभावः omnipotence.
    -प्रमाण a. large-sized.
    -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.
    -प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.
    -2 close contact.
    -3 dexterity.
    -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.
    -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.
    -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (
    -दः) N. of Śiva.
    -प्रातम् a fine morning.
    -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (
    -यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.
    (-या) 1 a charming woman.
    -2 a beloved mistress.
    -प्रौढा a marriageable girl.
    -फल a.
    1 very fruitful, very productive.
    -2 very fertile.
    (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.
    -2 the jujube.
    -3 the Karṇikāra tree.
    -4 a kind of bean.
    (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.
    -2 the plan- tain tree.
    -3 a variety of brown grape.
    -4 colocynth.
    -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः sesamum.
    -बभ्रु a. dark-brown.
    -बल a. very powerful.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the father of Śakuni.
    -बान्धवः N. of Śiva.
    -बाल a. very childish.
    -बाहु a.
    1 handsome- armed.
    -2 strong-armed. (
    -हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.
    -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy.
    -बोध a.
    1 easily apprehended or understood. (
    -धः) good information or advice.
    -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
    -भग a.
    1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.
    -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.
    -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.
    -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.
    -5 illustrious.
    (-गः) 1 borax.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Champaka tree.
    -4 red amarnath. (
    -गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.
    1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.
    -2 vain, flattering oneself.
    -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.
    -2 an honoured mother.
    -3 a kind of wild jasmine.
    -4 turmeric.
    -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.
    -6 the holy basil.
    -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.
    -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.
    -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.
    -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.
    -भट्टः a learned man.
    -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (
    -द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (
    -द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
    -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.
    -2 the Bilva tree.
    -भाषित a.
    1 spoken well or eloquent.
    (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.
    -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.
    -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).
    -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.
    -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
    -भीरकः the Palāśa tree.
    -भीरुकम् silver.
    -भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.
    -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.
    -भूतिकः the Bilva tree.
    -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.
    -भृत a.
    1 well-paid.
    -2 heavily laden.
    -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
    -भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)
    -मङ्गल a.
    1 very auspicious.
    -2 abounding in sacrifices.
    -मति a. very wise. (
    -तिः f.)
    1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.
    -2 a favour of the gods.
    -3 a gift, blessing.
    -4 a prayer, hymn.
    -5 a wish or desire.
    -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.
    -मदनः the mango tree.
    -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.
    -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
    -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.
    -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.
    (-नः) 1 wheat.
    -2 the thorn-apple. (
    -ना) the great-flowered jasmine.
    -मनस् a.
    1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.
    -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence
    -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)
    1 a god, divinity.
    -2 a learned man.
    -3 a student of the Vedas.
    -4 wheat.
    -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)
    1 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.
    -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.
    -मन्तु a.
    1 advising well.
    -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.
    -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.
    -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.
    -मर्दित a. much harassed.
    -मर्षण a. easy to be borne.
    -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.
    -मुख a. (
    -खा or
    -खी f.)
    1 having a beautiful face, lovely.
    -2 pleasing.
    -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.
    -4 favour- able, kind.
    -5 well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.
    (-खः) 1 a learned man.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.
    -4 of Śiva.
    (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.
    -2 a kind of building.
    (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.
    -2 a mirror.
    -मूलकम् a carrot.
    -मृत a. stone-dead.
    -मेखलः the Muñja grass.
    -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.
    -मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -यन्त्रित a.
    1 well-governed.
    -2 self-controlled.
    -यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.
    -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.
    -यामुनः 1 a palace.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -युक्तः N. of Śiva.
    -योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.
    -2 good opportunity.
    -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
    -रक्त a.
    1 well coloured.
    -2 im- passioned.
    -3 very lovely.
    -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.
    -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.
    -2 a kind of mango tree.
    -रङ्गः 1 good colour.
    -2 the orange.
    -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.
    -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.
    -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.
    -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.
    -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.
    -रत a.
    1 much sported.
    -2 playful.
    -3 much enjoyed.
    -4 compassionate, tender.
    (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.
    -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली
    1 a female messenger, a go-between.
    -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.
    -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.
    -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.
    -2 sweet.
    -3 elegant (as a composition). (
    -सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (
    -सा) N. of Durgā. (
    -सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.
    (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.
    -2 fragrant grass.
    -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)
    1 a good king.
    -2 a divinity.
    -राजिका a small house-lizard.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.
    -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
    -रूप a.
    1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.
    -2 wise, learned. (
    -पः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.
    -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.
    -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (
    -भम्) tin.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.
    -2 fortunate.
    (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.
    -2 a good or auspicious mark.
    -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.
    -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.
    -लभ a.
    1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.
    -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.
    -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.
    -लिखित a. well registered.
    -लुलित a.
    1 moving playfully.
    -2 greatly hurt, injured.
    -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.
    -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.
    -लोहकम् brass.
    -लोहित a. very red. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.
    -2 correct utterance. (
    -क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.
    -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.
    -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.
    -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.
    -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.
    -2 linseed.
    -वर्चसः N. of Śiva.
    -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.
    -वर्ण see s. v.
    -वर्तित 1 well rounded.
    -2 well arranged.
    -वर्तुलः a water-melon.
    -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.
    -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).
    -वह a.
    1 bearing well, patient.
    -2 patient, enduring.
    -3 easy to be borne-
    (-हा) 1 a lute.
    -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.
    -वासः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a pleasant dwelling.
    -3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.
    -वासकः a water-melon.
    -वासरा cress.
    -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.
    -2 a married woman whose husband is alive.
    -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (
    -न्तः) a hero. (
    -न्तम्) heroism.
    -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.
    -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.
    -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
    -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.
    -2 a king.
    -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.
    -विदत् m. a king
    -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.
    -2 wealth.
    -3 grace, favour.
    -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (
    -ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.
    -विदल्ला a married woman.
    -विध a. of a good kind.
    -विधम् ind. easily.
    -विधिः a good rule, ordinance.
    -विनीत a.
    1 well trained, modest.
    -2 well executed. (
    -ता) a tractable cow.
    -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.
    -विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.
    -विरूढ a.
    1 fully grown up or developed.
    -2 well ridden.
    -विविक्त a.
    1 solitary (as a wood).
    -2 well decided (as a question).
    -विहित a.
    1 well-placed, well-deposited.
    -2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.
    -3 well done or performed.
    -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.
    -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy. (
    -जम्) good seed.
    -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.
    -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.
    -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.
    -वीर्य a.
    1 having great vigour.
    -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.
    (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism
    -2 abundance of heroes.
    -3 the fruit of the jujube. (
    -र्या) wild cotton.
    -वृक्तिः f.
    1 a pure offering.
    -2 a hymn of praise.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.
    -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
    -त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (
    -त्ता) a sort of grape.
    -वेल a.
    1 tranquil, still.
    -2 humble, quiet. (
    -लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (
    -तः) a religious student.
    (-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.
    -2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.
    -शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
    -शक a. capable of being easily done.
    -शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].
    -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
    -शाकम् undried ginger.
    -शारदः N. of Śiva.
    -शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.
    -शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.
    -शिखः fire.
    (-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.
    -2 a cock's comb.
    -शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.
    -शीम a. cold, frigid. (
    -मः) coldness
    -शील a. good-tempered, amiable.
    (-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.
    -2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.
    -शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.
    -शोण a. dark-red.
    -श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well heard.
    -2 versed in the Vedas.
    -3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (
    -तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
    -श्लिष्ट a.
    1 well-arranged or united.
    -2 well-fitted; Māl.1.
    -श्लेषः close union or embrace.
    -श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.
    -संवीत a.
    1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.
    -2 well dressed.
    -संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.
    -संस्कृत a.
    1 well cooked or prepared.
    -2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
    -संगृहीत a.
    1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.
    -2 well received.
    -3 well kept.
    -4 well abridged.
    -संध a. true to a promise.
    -संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).
    -सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.
    -सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.
    -समाहित a.
    1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.
    -2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.
    -3 Very intent, attentive.
    -समीहित a. much desired.
    - सरण N. of Śiva.
    -सह a.
    1 easy to be borne.
    -2 bearing or enduring well. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.
    -साधित a. well trained or educated.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.
    -2 competence.
    -3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.
    -सारवत् n. crystal.
    -सिकता 1 good sand.
    -2 gravel.
    -3 sugar.
    -सुरप्रिया jasmine.
    -सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).
    -सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.
    -स्थ a.
    1 well-suited, being in a good sense.
    -2 in health, healthy, faring well.
    -3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.
    -4 happy, fortunate. (
    -स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.
    -स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (
    -तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.
    -स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.
    1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.
    -2 health, convalescence.
    -स्थिर a.
    1 stable.
    -2 resolute, cool.
    -स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.
    -2 well purified by bathing.
    -स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (
    -ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
    -स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वर a.
    1 melodious, harmonious.
    -2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.
    -हित a.
    1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.
    -2 beneficial, salutary.
    -3 friendly, affection- ate.
    -4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)
    1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -2 an ally. ˚भेदः
    1 the separation of friends.
    -2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.
    -हृदः a friend.
    -हृदय a.
    1 good-hearted.
    -2 dear, affectionate, loving.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

  • 11 été

    I.
    été1 [ete]
    masculine noun
    II.
    été2 [ete]
    * * *
    ete
    nom masculin summer
    * * *

    I ete pp
    See:

    II ete nm
    * * *
    été ⇒ Les saisons nm summer; vacances d'été summer holidays GB ou vacation US; heure d'été summertime GB, daylight-saving time US; été comme hiver summer and winter alike, all year round.
    été indien Indian summer; été de la Saint-Martin Indian summer.
    [ete] nom masculin
    ————————
    d'été locution adjectivale

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > été

  • 12 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 13 famoso

    adj.
    famous, celebrated, famed, renowned.
    * * *
    1 famous, well-known
    1 the famous
    * * *
    1. (f. - famosa)
    adj.
    famous, well-known
    2. (f. - famosa)
    noun
    * * *
    famoso, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) (=célebre) famous, well-known

    un actor famoso — a famous o well-known actor

    2) * (=sonado)
    2.
    SM / F celebrity, famous person
    * * *
    I
    - sa adjetivo famous
    II
    - sa masculino, femenino celebrity, famous person
    * * *
    = famous, well-known, honoured [honored, -USA], celebrity, renowned, famed, celebrated, hit, reputed, legendary, notorious, noted, acclaimed, big name, of note, celeb, popular.
    Ex. The philosophy of these critics was enunciated by one of their most prominent spokesmen, the famous Thomas Carlyle.
    Ex. This may be relatively easy for well-known authors, but can be difficult for more obscure authors.
    Ex. A very successful novelist, such as Graham Greene, would clearly fall into this category and would be an honoured writer as well as a well-paid one.
    Ex. For instance, if a person is working on building a radio program, the librarian should provide her with background information that helps to set the tone of the program, with facts and foibles of celebrities, with case histories of successful campaigns, with analogies, quotations, and anecdotes, and so on.
    Ex. Jorge Luis Borges, though renowned chiefly as author, reflects in his works the very essence of libraries and librarians.
    Ex. Many recipes not taken from books, magazines or famed chefs remain untested and thus less reliable.
    Ex. Hoppe is one of the most celebrated photographers of the early 20th century.
    Ex. Her novels have been adapted for the screen most famously as the hit film Mrs Doubtfire starring Robin Williams.
    Ex. This article studies the works of an internationally reputed virologist (Indian born) settled in Canada.
    Ex. Information highways which have now become the first legendary step towards the information society.
    Ex. The textual vicissitudes of British nineteenth-century novels in America are notorious.
    Ex. Planning began about 9 months before the exhibition, with the recruitment of a noted Swiss book illustrator to design the stand.
    Ex. The 6 day residential programme, open to Australian and New Zealand information professionals, was based on the acclaimed Snowbird Institutes, held annually in Utah.
    Ex. Such programs as rock groups, big name entertainers, and jazz concerts were excluded.
    Ex. Another analytical study of note is the one for Columbia University Libraries.
    Ex. He knew the names of celebs but he could have walked past any one of them in the street without batting an eyelid.
    Ex. Although the fifteenth edition met with some success, it was not generally popular.
    ----
    * ciudad famosa por el golf = golfing town.
    * famoso en el mundo entero = world-renowned, world-renown.
    * famoso en todo el mundo = world-famous [world famous], world-renowned, world-renown.
    * famoso internacionalmente = of international renown, internationally renowned.
    * famoso por = noted for, best remembered for, famed for.
    * famosos, los = famous, the.
    * gente famosa = famous people.
    * lleno de famosos = celebrity-studded.
    * muy famoso = highly acclaimed, widely acclaimed, well-acclaimed.
    * persona famosa = famous person.
    * plagado de famosos = celebrity-studded.
    * ser famoso = gain + recognition, be popular.
    * ser famoso por = famously, have + a track record of.
    * tan famoso = much acclaimed.
    * últimas palabras que se han hecho famosas = famous last words.
    * * *
    I
    - sa adjetivo famous
    II
    - sa masculino, femenino celebrity, famous person
    * * *
    = famous, well-known, honoured [honored, -USA], celebrity, renowned, famed, celebrated, hit, reputed, legendary, notorious, noted, acclaimed, big name, of note, celeb, popular.

    Ex: The philosophy of these critics was enunciated by one of their most prominent spokesmen, the famous Thomas Carlyle.

    Ex: This may be relatively easy for well-known authors, but can be difficult for more obscure authors.
    Ex: A very successful novelist, such as Graham Greene, would clearly fall into this category and would be an honoured writer as well as a well-paid one.
    Ex: For instance, if a person is working on building a radio program, the librarian should provide her with background information that helps to set the tone of the program, with facts and foibles of celebrities, with case histories of successful campaigns, with analogies, quotations, and anecdotes, and so on.
    Ex: Jorge Luis Borges, though renowned chiefly as author, reflects in his works the very essence of libraries and librarians.
    Ex: Many recipes not taken from books, magazines or famed chefs remain untested and thus less reliable.
    Ex: Hoppe is one of the most celebrated photographers of the early 20th century.
    Ex: Her novels have been adapted for the screen most famously as the hit film Mrs Doubtfire starring Robin Williams.
    Ex: This article studies the works of an internationally reputed virologist (Indian born) settled in Canada.
    Ex: Information highways which have now become the first legendary step towards the information society.
    Ex: The textual vicissitudes of British nineteenth-century novels in America are notorious.
    Ex: Planning began about 9 months before the exhibition, with the recruitment of a noted Swiss book illustrator to design the stand.
    Ex: The 6 day residential programme, open to Australian and New Zealand information professionals, was based on the acclaimed Snowbird Institutes, held annually in Utah.
    Ex: Such programs as rock groups, big name entertainers, and jazz concerts were excluded.
    Ex: Another analytical study of note is the one for Columbia University Libraries.
    Ex: He knew the names of celebs but he could have walked past any one of them in the street without batting an eyelid.
    Ex: Although the fifteenth edition met with some success, it was not generally popular.
    * ciudad famosa por el golf = golfing town.
    * famoso en el mundo entero = world-renowned, world-renown.
    * famoso en todo el mundo = world-famous [world famous], world-renowned, world-renown.
    * famoso internacionalmente = of international renown, internationally renowned.
    * famoso por = noted for, best remembered for, famed for.
    * famosos, los = famous, the.
    * gente famosa = famous people.
    * lleno de famosos = celebrity-studded.
    * muy famoso = highly acclaimed, widely acclaimed, well-acclaimed.
    * persona famosa = famous person.
    * plagado de famosos = celebrity-studded.
    * ser famoso = gain + recognition, be popular.
    * ser famoso por = famously, have + a track record of.
    * tan famoso = much acclaimed.
    * últimas palabras que se han hecho famosas = famous last words.

    * * *
    famoso1 -sa
    1 (célebre) ‹escritor/actriz› famous, well-known; ‹vino/libro› famous
    se hizo famoso con ese descubrimiento that discovery made him famous
    2
    (conocido): ya estoy harto de sus famosos dolores de cabeza ( fam); I'm fed up with him and his constant headaches
    famoso POR algo famous FOR sth
    Francia es famosa por sus vinos France is famous for its wines
    es famoso por sus meteduras de pata ( fam); he's well known o renowned for putting his foot in it ( colloq)
    famoso2 -sa
    masculine, feminine
    celebrity, personality, famous person
    * * *

    famoso
    ◊ -sa adjetivo

    famous;
    famoso por algo famous for sth
    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino
    celebrity, famous person
    famoso,-a
    I adjetivo famous
    II sustantivo masculino famous person

    ' famoso' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    atentar
    - banquillo
    - conocida
    - conocido
    - famosa
    - imitar
    - popular
    - pulular
    - sí
    - significado
    - célebre
    - mundialmente
    English:
    big
    - byword
    - celebrity
    - famous
    - memorabilia
    - well-known
    - become
    - just
    - land
    - pinup
    - well
    - world
    * * *
    famoso, -a
    ♦ adj
    [actor, pintor, monumento] famous;
    se hizo famoso por sus murales his murals made him famous;
    es famosa por su belleza she is famous for her beauty;
    Fam
    volvieron a debatir el famoso artículo 14 they debated the famous clause 14 again
    ♦ nm,f
    famous person, celebrity
    * * *
    I adj famous
    II m, famosa f celebrity;
    los famosos celebrities, famous people pl
    * * *
    famoso, -sa adj
    célebre: famous
    famoso, -sa n
    : celebrity
    * * *
    famoso1 adj famous / well known
    famoso2 n famous person [pl. people]

    Spanish-English dictionary > famoso

  • 14 último

    adj.
    1 last, finishing, last one, hindmost.
    2 ultimate, quintessential.
    * * *
    1 last
    2 (más reciente) latest; (de dos) latter
    3 (más alejado) furthest; (más abajo) bottom, lowest; (más arriba) top; (más atrás) back
    4 (definitivo) final
    \
    a la última up to date
    a últimos de towards the end of
    por último finally
    ser lo último familiar (el colmo) to be just too much
    estar en las últimas (moribundo) to be at death's door 2 (arruinado) to be down and out
    * * *
    (f. - última)
    adj.
    1) last
    •
    * * *
    último, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) (=final) last

    la Última Cena — (Rel) the Last Supper

    • a lo último — * in the end

    ¿y qué ocurre a lo último? — and what happens in the end?

    • por último — finally, lastly

    por último, el conferenciante hizo referencia a... — finally o lastly, the speaker mentioned...

    • por última vez — for the last time

    2) (=más reciente)
    a) [en una serie] [ejemplar, moda, novedad] latest; [elecciones, periodo] last

    ¿has leído el último número de la revista? — have you read the latest issue of the magazine?

    los dos últimos cuadros que ha hecho no son tan innovadores — his two latest o his latest two paintings are not so innovative

    durante la última década — in o over the last decade

    • ahora último — Chile recently

    • en los últimos años — in o over the last few years, in recent years

    • en los últimos tiempos — lately

    b) [entre dos] latter

    de los dos, este último es el mejor — of the two, the latter is the best

    hora 2), b)
    3) [en el espacio]
    a) (=más al fondo) back
    b) (=más alto) top
    c) (=más bajo) bottom, last
    d) (=más lejano) most remote, furthest
    4) (=extremo)

    en último caso, iría yo — as a last resort o if all else fails, I would go

    extremo II, 1., 2), instancia 3), remedio 2)
    5) (=definitivo)
    6)

    • lo último * —

    a) (=lo más moderno) the latest thing
    b) (=lo peor) the limit
    2. SM / F
    1)

    el último — the last, the last one

    ¿quién es la última? — who's the last in the queue?

    el último en salir que apague la luz — the last one to leave, turn the light off

    a la última —

    vestir
    2) *

    ¿a qué no sabes la última de Irene? — do you know the latest about Irene?

    3) Esp
    3.
    ADV Cono Sur in the last position, in the last place
    * * *
    I
    - ma adjetivo (delante del n)
    1)
    a) ( en el tiempo) last

    en el último momento or a última hora — at the last minute o moment

    ¿cuándo fue la última vez que lo usaste? — when did you last use it?

    en los últimos tiempos — recently, in recent years (o months etc)

    2)
    a) ( en una serie) last

    último aviso a los pasajeros del vuelo... — last o final call for passengers on flight...

    b) (como adv) (CS) <salir/terminar> last
    •
    II
    - ma masculino, femenino last one

    ¿sabes la última que me hizo? — do you know what he's done to me now?

    ¿te cuento la última? — (fam) do you want to hear the latest? (colloq)

    a últimos de — (Esp) toward(s) the end of

    por último — finally, lastly

    en (Col) or (Ven) de últimas — as a last resort, if the worst comes to the worst

    a la última — (fam)

    * * *
    = last, latter, ultimate, innermost, final, back marker.
    Ex. We now come to the sixth and last condition of authorship.
    Ex. The former necessitate the constant comparison, or manipulation, of index entries rather than the linear scanning of entries in the latter.
    Ex. Abstracting and indexing data are a vital component in the communication link between the originator of information and its ultimate consumer.
    Ex. Thus a folio gathering might consist of three folio sheets, the outermost of which contained pages 1 and 12 and pages 2 and 11; the middle sheet had pages 3 and 10, 4 and 9; and the innermost sheet had pages 5 and 8, 6 and 7.
    Ex. The final index will mirror current terminology.
    Ex. I went right off Hamilton when he referred to back markers as something like 'those monkeys who get in the way' half way through the first season.
    ----
    * a la última = hip [hipper -comp., hippest -sup.], on the fast track, hipped.
    * a última hora = at the last minute, at the eleventh hour, last minute [last-minute], at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last.
    * a últimas horas de la tarde = late evening.
    * a último momento = last minute [last-minute].
    * como último recurso = as a last resort, in the last resort.
    * compras de última hora = last-minute shopping.
    * con los últimos avances = state-of-the-art, leading edge.
    * dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.
    * dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.
    * decir la última palabra = hear + the final word, outface.
    * decisión de última hora = last-minute decision.
    * dejarlo para última hora = leave + it until the last minute.
    * de última generación = enhanced, high-tech, high-end, leading edge.
    * de última hora = last minute [last-minute], late breaking [late-breaking], up-to-the-minute, hot off the griddle.
    * de última línea = streamlined.
    * de última moda = new-fangled [newfangled].
    * de última novedad = streamlined.
    * de último grito = streamlined.
    * de último momento = last minute [last-minute].
    * durante el último año = over the last year.
    * durante los dos últimos meses = over the last couple of months.
    * durante los últimos años = over the past few years, over recent years.
    * durante los últimos + Expresión Temporal = over the past + Expresión Temporal.
    * durante los últimos + Número + años = over the last + Número + years.
    * el último = the latest + Nombre.
    * el último citado = latter.
    * el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.
    * en el último caso = in the latter case.
    * en el último minuto = last minute [last-minute], at the last minute.
    * en el último momento = at the eleventh hour, at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last, at the last minute.
    * en las últimas = fag-end, goner.
    * en las últimas décadas = in recent decades.
    * en los dos últimos meses = over the last couple of months.
    * en los últimos años = in recent years, over the recent past, in the last few years.
    * en los últimos años de = in the last years of.
    * en los últimos días = in recent days.
    * en los últimos + Expresión Temporal = over the past + Expresión Temporal.
    * en los últimos meses = in recent months.
    * en los últimos + Tiempo = in the past + Tiempo.
    * en los últimos tiempos = latterly, in recent times, in modern times, in recent memory.
    * en última instancia = ultimately, in the long run, in the end, in the last analysis, in the last resort, in the final analysis.
    * en último término = in the last analysis, in the final analysis.
    * estar en las últimas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * estudiante de último año = senior student, senior.
    * estudiante de último curso = final year student.
    * estudiante universitario de último curso = senior major.
    * hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * hasta el último minuto = until the last minute.
    * hasta última hora = until the last minute.
    * información de última hora = news flash.
    * la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * la última vez = last time.
    * la última vez que = the last time.
    * lista de últimas adquisiciones = accessions list, list of current acquisitions, addition list.
    * llevar Algo a sus últimas consecuencias = take + Nombre + to its ultimate conclusion.
    * los últimos coletazos = fag-end.
    * lo último = the last word.
    * ¡maricón el último! = the devil take the hindmost.
    * nacido el último = lastborn.
    * noticia de última hora = hot off the press(es).
    * noticias de última hora = breaking news.
    * pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * pendiente de seguir la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * persona que toma la última decisión = decider.
    * por última vez = for the last time, one last time.
    * por último = finally, last, lastly, ultimately.
    * por último pero no menos importante = last but not least.
    * precipitación de última hora = last-minute rush.
    * prisa de última hora = last-minute rush.
    * que siempre va a la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * que sigue la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * sección de últimos números de publicaciones periódicas = current periodicals area.
    * seguidor de la última moda = faddish, faddy [faddier -comp., faddies -sup.].
    * ser el último grito = be all the rage.
    * ser el último mono = feel + pulled and tugged.
    * ser la última palabra = be all the rage.
    * ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.
    * ser lo último = be all the rage, be the pits.
    * ser lo último en = become + the next stop in.
    * ser lo último en lo que + pensar = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.
    * ser lo último que + ocurrir + a Alguien = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * Ultima Cena, la = Last Supper, the.
    * última oportunidad, la = last chance, the.
    * última palabra + depender de = ultimate authority + rest with.
    * últimas novedades de = fresh out from.
    * Posesivo + últimas palabras = last words, Posesivo + dying last words.
    * últimas palabras que se han hecho famosas = famous last words.
    * último aliento = death rattle, Posesivo + last breath.
    * último escalafón, el = bottom rung, the.
    * último mencionado, el = last mentioned, the.
    * último nivel, el = bottom rung, the.
    * último número, el = latest issue, the.
    * último pero no el menos importante, el = final and not the least important, the.
    * último recurso = fall-back [fallback], last resort, last ditch.
    * último rincón, el = nooks and crannies.
    * últimos coletazos = Indian summer.
    * últimos ritos, los = final rites, the.
    * último suspiro = last breath.
    * último tramo, el = last leg, the.
    * último trecho, el = last leg, the.
    * una primera y última vez = a first and last time.
    * una última vez = one last time.
    * un + Nombre + a última hora de la mañana = a late morning + Nombre.
    * vestido a la última = fashion statement.
    * vestido a la última moda = fashion statement.
    * * *
    I
    - ma adjetivo (delante del n)
    1)
    a) ( en el tiempo) last

    en el último momento or a última hora — at the last minute o moment

    ¿cuándo fue la última vez que lo usaste? — when did you last use it?

    en los últimos tiempos — recently, in recent years (o months etc)

    2)
    a) ( en una serie) last

    último aviso a los pasajeros del vuelo... — last o final call for passengers on flight...

    b) (como adv) (CS) <salir/terminar> last
    •
    II
    - ma masculino, femenino last one

    ¿sabes la última que me hizo? — do you know what he's done to me now?

    ¿te cuento la última? — (fam) do you want to hear the latest? (colloq)

    a últimos de — (Esp) toward(s) the end of

    por último — finally, lastly

    en (Col) or (Ven) de últimas — as a last resort, if the worst comes to the worst

    a la última — (fam)

    * * *
    = last, latter, ultimate, innermost, final, back marker.

    Ex: We now come to the sixth and last condition of authorship.

    Ex: The former necessitate the constant comparison, or manipulation, of index entries rather than the linear scanning of entries in the latter.
    Ex: Abstracting and indexing data are a vital component in the communication link between the originator of information and its ultimate consumer.
    Ex: Thus a folio gathering might consist of three folio sheets, the outermost of which contained pages 1 and 12 and pages 2 and 11; the middle sheet had pages 3 and 10, 4 and 9; and the innermost sheet had pages 5 and 8, 6 and 7.
    Ex: The final index will mirror current terminology.
    Ex: I went right off Hamilton when he referred to back markers as something like 'those monkeys who get in the way' half way through the first season.
    * a la última = hip [hipper -comp., hippest -sup.], on the fast track, hipped.
    * a última hora = at the last minute, at the eleventh hour, last minute [last-minute], at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last.
    * a últimas horas de la tarde = late evening.
    * a último momento = last minute [last-minute].
    * como último recurso = as a last resort, in the last resort.
    * compras de última hora = last-minute shopping.
    * con los últimos avances = state-of-the-art, leading edge.
    * dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.
    * dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.
    * decir la última palabra = hear + the final word, outface.
    * decisión de última hora = last-minute decision.
    * dejarlo para última hora = leave + it until the last minute.
    * de última generación = enhanced, high-tech, high-end, leading edge.
    * de última hora = last minute [last-minute], late breaking [late-breaking], up-to-the-minute, hot off the griddle.
    * de última línea = streamlined.
    * de última moda = new-fangled [newfangled].
    * de última novedad = streamlined.
    * de último grito = streamlined.
    * de último momento = last minute [last-minute].
    * durante el último año = over the last year.
    * durante los dos últimos meses = over the last couple of months.
    * durante los últimos años = over the past few years, over recent years.
    * durante los últimos + Expresión Temporal = over the past + Expresión Temporal.
    * durante los últimos + Número + años = over the last + Número + years.
    * el último = the latest + Nombre.
    * el último citado = latter.
    * el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.
    * en el último caso = in the latter case.
    * en el último minuto = last minute [last-minute], at the last minute.
    * en el último momento = at the eleventh hour, at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last, at the last minute.
    * en las últimas = fag-end, goner.
    * en las últimas décadas = in recent decades.
    * en los dos últimos meses = over the last couple of months.
    * en los últimos años = in recent years, over the recent past, in the last few years.
    * en los últimos años de = in the last years of.
    * en los últimos días = in recent days.
    * en los últimos + Expresión Temporal = over the past + Expresión Temporal.
    * en los últimos meses = in recent months.
    * en los últimos + Tiempo = in the past + Tiempo.
    * en los últimos tiempos = latterly, in recent times, in modern times, in recent memory.
    * en última instancia = ultimately, in the long run, in the end, in the last analysis, in the last resort, in the final analysis.
    * en último término = in the last analysis, in the final analysis.
    * estar en las últimas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * estudiante de último año = senior student, senior.
    * estudiante de último curso = final year student.
    * estudiante universitario de último curso = senior major.
    * hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * hasta el último minuto = until the last minute.
    * hasta última hora = until the last minute.
    * información de última hora = news flash.
    * la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * la última vez = last time.
    * la última vez que = the last time.
    * lista de últimas adquisiciones = accessions list, list of current acquisitions, addition list.
    * llevar Algo a sus últimas consecuencias = take + Nombre + to its ultimate conclusion.
    * los últimos coletazos = fag-end.
    * lo último = the last word.
    * ¡maricón el último! = the devil take the hindmost.
    * nacido el último = lastborn.
    * noticia de última hora = hot off the press(es).
    * noticias de última hora = breaking news.
    * pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * pendiente de seguir la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * persona que toma la última decisión = decider.
    * por última vez = for the last time, one last time.
    * por último = finally, last, lastly, ultimately.
    * por último pero no menos importante = last but not least.
    * precipitación de última hora = last-minute rush.
    * prisa de última hora = last-minute rush.
    * que siempre va a la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * que sigue la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * sección de últimos números de publicaciones periódicas = current periodicals area.
    * seguidor de la última moda = faddish, faddy [faddier -comp., faddies -sup.].
    * ser el último grito = be all the rage.
    * ser el último mono = feel + pulled and tugged.
    * ser la última palabra = be all the rage.
    * ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.
    * ser lo último = be all the rage, be the pits.
    * ser lo último en = become + the next stop in.
    * ser lo último en lo que + pensar = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.
    * ser lo último que + ocurrir + a Alguien = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * Ultima Cena, la = Last Supper, the.
    * última oportunidad, la = last chance, the.
    * última palabra + depender de = ultimate authority + rest with.
    * últimas novedades de = fresh out from.
    * Posesivo + últimas palabras = last words, Posesivo + dying last words.
    * últimas palabras que se han hecho famosas = famous last words.
    * último aliento = death rattle, Posesivo + last breath.
    * último escalafón, el = bottom rung, the.
    * último mencionado, el = last mentioned, the.
    * último nivel, el = bottom rung, the.
    * último número, el = latest issue, the.
    * último pero no el menos importante, el = final and not the least important, the.
    * último recurso = fall-back [fallback], last resort, last ditch.
    * último rincón, el = nooks and crannies.
    * últimos coletazos = Indian summer.
    * últimos ritos, los = final rites, the.
    * último suspiro = last breath.
    * último tramo, el = last leg, the.
    * último trecho, el = last leg, the.
    * una primera y última vez = a first and last time.
    * una última vez = one last time.
    * un + Nombre + a última hora de la mañana = a late morning + Nombre.
    * vestido a la última = fashion statement.
    * vestido a la última moda = fashion statement.

    * * *
    último1 -ma
    A
    los últimos años de su vida the last years of her life, her last years
    en el último momento or a última hora at the last minute o moment
    2
    (más reciente): ¿cuándo fue la última vez que lo usaste? when did you last use it?, when was the last time you used it?
    su último libro es muy bueno his latest book is very good
    lo último que supe de él es que vivía en París the last I heard he was living in Paris
    la última moda the latest fashion
    los últimos estudios the latest o the most recent studies
    en los últimos tiempos recently, in recent years ( o months etc)
    B
    estaba en último lugar I was last, I was in last place
    el último tren sale a las once the last train leaves at eleven
    último aviso a los pasajeros del vuelo … last o final call for passengers on flight …
    el equipo ocupa el último puesto de la división the team is at the bottom of the division o is in last place in the division
    te lo digo por última vez I'm telling you for the last o final time
    le echaré una última mirada I'll take one last o final look
    como último recurso as a last resort
    ser lo último ( fam) (el colmo) to be the last straw o the limit; (lo más reciente) to be the latest thing
    2 ( como adv) (CS) ‹salir/terminar› last
    el que salga último que apague la luz last one out o whoever is last out, turn the light off
    llegó última en la carrera she finished last in the race
    C
    (en el espacio): en el último piso on the top floor
    en la última fila in the back row
    la última página del periódico the back page of the newspaper
    aunque tenga que ir al último rincón del mundo even if I have to go to the ends of the earth
    D
    (definitivo): es mi última oferta it's my final offer
    siempre tiene que decir la última palabra he always has to have the last word
    Compuestos:
    feminine Last Supper
    feminine late item (of news)
    feminine ( period); last resting place ( frml)
    feminine last wishes (pl), last wish
    mpl last rites o sacraments (pl)
    último2 -ma
    masculine, feminine
    last one
    era el último que me quedaba it was my last one, it was the last one I had
    el último en llegar the last (one) to arrive
    ¿quién es el último? who's last in line ( AmE) o ( BrE) in the queue?
    salió el último he was the last to leave
    el último de la lista the last person on the list
    es el último de la clase he's bottom of the class
    ¿sabes la última que me hizo? do you know what he's done to me now?
    ¿te cuento la última? ( fam); do you want to hear the latest? ( colloq)
    a últimos de ( Esp); toward(s) the end of
    por último finally, lastly
    y por último quiero decir que … and finally o lastly, I would like to say that …
    en ( Col) or ( Ven) de últimas as a last resort, if the worst comes to the worst
    a la última ( fam): siempre va a la última she's always fashionably dressed, she always wears trendy clothes
    está a la última it's the latest fashion, it's all the rage ( colloq)
    (no tener dinero) ( fam) to be broke ( colloq)
    tomar la última ( fam); to have one for the road ( colloq)
    * * *

     

    Del verbo ultimar: ( conjugate ultimar)

    ultimo es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    ultimó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    ultimar    
    último
    ultimar ( conjugate ultimar) verbo transitivo
    1 ‹ preparativos› to complete;
    ‹ detalles› to finalize
    2 (AmL frml) ( matar) to kill, murder
    último
    ◊ -ma adjetivo ( delante del n)

    1 ( en el tiempo) last;
    ◊ a última hora at the last minute o moment;

    su último libro his latest book;
    en los últimos tiempos recently;
    ¿cuándo fue la última vez que lo usaste? when did you last use it?
    2


    por última vez for the last time;
    como último recurso as a last resort;
    última voluntad last wishes (pl)
    b) ( como adv) (CS) ‹salir/terminar› last

    3 ( en el espacio):

    la última fila the back row
    4 ( definitivo):

    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino
    last one;

    es el último de la clase he's bottom of the class;
    a últimos de (Esp) toward(s) the end of;
    por último finally, lastly
    ultimar verbo transitivo
    1 (un proyecto, una tarea) to finalize
    ultimar detalles, to finalize details
    2 LAm (rematar, asesinar) to kill, finish off
    último,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (sin otro detrás) last: éste es el último caramelo, this is the last sweet
    2 (no preferente, peor de una serie) last: es el último lugar en que habría mirado, it's the last place where I'd look
    3 (más reciente) latest
    última moda, latest fashion
    según las últimas noticias, according to the latest news
    4 (más remoto) farther: la vacuna tiene que llegar hasta la última aldea del continente, the vaccine must reach the most remote village on the continent
    5 (más alto) top
    el último piso, the top floor
    6 (definitivo) last, final: era su última oferta, it was his final offer
    mi última oportunidad, my last chance
    7 (al final de un periodo de tiempo) a últimos de mes, towards the end of the month
    II pron last one: los últimos en llegar fuimos nosotros, we were the last to arrive
    el último de la fila, the last one in the queue
    ♦ Locuciones: estar en las últimas, (un enfermo) to be at death's door
    fam (carecer de dinero, comida) to be broke
    (estar acabándose) to be about to run out
    ser lo último, to be the last
    (algo indigno, inaceptable) mendigar es lo último, having to beg is the pits
    a la última, up to the minute
    de última hora: una decisión de última hora, a last-minute decision
    una noticia de última hora, a newsflash
    por último, finally

    ' último' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abajo
    - caso
    - decidir
    - ensalzar
    - faltar
    - fin
    - hasta
    - inspección
    - ligue
    - llegar
    - memoria
    - número
    - para
    - pasada
    - pasado
    - recordar
    - remedio
    - rozar
    - sprint
    - suspiro
    - término
    - última
    - arriba
    - aviso
    - el
    - en
    - extremo
    - grito
    - lugar
    - mono
    - recurso
    - rincón
    English:
    afterthought
    - bottom
    - burst
    - cancel
    - come
    - eleventh
    - enjoy
    - final
    - finally
    - height
    - hot news
    - last
    - last-ditch
    - lastly
    - latest
    - latter
    - laugh
    - LIFO
    - outermost
    - parting
    - past
    - push
    - rage
    - refer to
    - resort
    - senior
    - spurt
    - state-of-the-art
    - stave off
    - title
    - top
    - touch
    - word
    - year
    - after
    - close
    - current
    - dying
    - fail
    - inch
    - late
    - line
    - memorial
    - most
    - nook
    - scramble
    - state
    - survive
    - ultimate
    * * *
    último, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [en una serie, en el tiempo] last;
    mi última esperanza/oportunidad my last hope/chance;
    hizo un último intento he made one last o final attempt;
    último aviso para los pasajeros… [por megafonía] (this is the) last o final call for passengers…;
    decisiones de última hora last-minute decisions;
    a última hora, en el último momento at the last moment;
    como último recurso as a last resort;
    a lo último in the end;
    lo último antes de acostarme last thing before I go to bed;
    en una situación así es lo último que haría it's the last thing I'd do in a situation like that;
    por último lastly, finally;
    ser lo último [lo final] to come last;
    [el último recurso] to be a last resort; [el colmo] to be the last straw la Última Cena the Last Supper;
    último pago final payment;
    último plazo final instalment;
    los últimos sacramentos the last sacraments;
    última voluntad last wish(es)
    2. [más reciente] latest, most recent;
    una exposición de sus últimos trabajos an exhibition of her most recent work;
    las últimas noticias son inquietantes the latest news is very worrying;
    en los últimos días/meses in recent days/months;
    la última vez que lo vi the last time I saw him, when I last saw him;
    Fam
    es lo último en electrodomésticos it's the latest thing in electrical appliances
    última hora [como título] latest, stop press;
    noticias de última hora last-minute news
    3. [más bajo] bottom;
    [más alto] top; [de más atrás] back;
    la última línea de la página the bottom o last line of the page;
    el último piso the top floor;
    la última fila the back row
    4. [más remoto] furthest, most remote;
    el último rincón del país the remotest parts of the country
    5. [definitivo]
    es mi última oferta it's my last o final offer;
    tener la última palabra en algo to have the last word on sth
    6. [primordial] ultimate;
    medidas cuyo fin último es… measures that have the ultimate goal of…
    7. RP [uso adverbial] last;
    empezaron últimos, por eso todavía no terminaron they started last, that's why they haven't finished yet;
    salí última porque me quedé conversando I was the last to leave because I stayed behind talking
    ♦ nm,f
    1. [en fila, carrera]
    el último the last (one);
    el último de la fila the last person in the Br queue o US line;
    el último de la clase the bottom of the class;
    es el último al que pediría ayuda he's the last person I'd ask for help;
    llegar/terminar el último to come/finish last;
    ser el último en hacer algo to be the last to do sth;
    a últimos de mes at the end of the month;
    ¿nos tomamos la última? shall we have one for the road?;
    estar en las últimas [muriéndose] to be on one's deathbed;
    [sin dinero] to be down to one's last penny; [sin provisiones] to be down to one's last provisions; [botella, producto] to have almost run out; Fam
    ir a la última to wear the latest fashion
    2. [en comparaciones, enumeraciones]
    este último… the latter…
    * * *
    adj
    1 last;
    ser el último en llegar be the last (one) to arrive;
    por último finally;
    está en las últimas he doesn’t have long (to live);
    a últimos de mayo at the end of May
    2 ( más reciente) latest;
    últimas noticias latest news sg ;
    estar a la última be right up to date;
    ir a la última (moda) wear the latest fashions;
    es lo último it’s the latest thing
    3 piso top atr
    * * *
    último, -ma adj
    1) : last, final
    la última galleta: the last cookie
    en último caso: as a last resort
    2) : last, latest, most recent
    su último viaje a España: her last trip to Spain
    en los últimos años: in recent years
    3)
    por último : finally
    * * *
    último1 adj
    1. (en general) last
    2. (más reciente) latest
    3. (más abajo) bottom
    último2 n last one
    ¿quién es el último? who's last in the queue?

    Spanish-English dictionary > último

  • 15 कामः _kāmḥ

    कामः [कम्-घञ्]
    1 Wish, desire; संतानकामाय R.2.65, 3.67; oft. used with the inf. form; गन्तुकामः desirous to go; संगात्संजायते कामः Bg.2.62; Ms.2.94.
    -2 Object of desire; सर्वान् कामान् समश्नुते Ms.2.5; Bṛi. Up.1.3.28. Kaṭh. Up.1.25.
    -3 Affection, love.
    -4 Love or desire of sensual enjoyments, considered as one of the ends of life (पुरुषार्थ); cf. अर्थ and अर्थकाम.
    -5 Desire of carnal gratification, lust; Ms.2.214; न मय्यावेशितधियां कामः कामाय कल्पते Bhāg.1.22.26.
    -6 The god of love.
    -7 N. of Pradyumna.
    -8 N. of Balarāma.
    -9 A kind of mango tree.
    -1 The Supreme Being.
    -मा Desire, wish; उवाच च महासर्पं कामया ब्रूहि पन्नग Mb.3.179.2.
    -मम् 1 Object of desire.
    -2 Semen virile. [Kāma is the Cupid of the Hindu mythology- the son of Kṛiṣṇa and Rukmiṇī. His wife is Rati. When the gods wanted a commander for their forces in their war with Tāraka, they sought the aid of Kāma in drawing the mind of Śiva towards Pārvatī, whose issue alone could vanquish the demon. Kāma undertook the mission; but Śiva, being offended at the disturbance of his penance, burnt him down with the fire of his third eye. Subsequently he was allowed by Śiva to be born again in the form of Pradyumna at the request of Rati. His intimate friend is Vasanta or the spring; and his son is Aniruddha. He is armed with a bow and arrows--the bow-string being a line of bees, and arrows of flowers of five different plants].
    -Comp. -अग्निः 1 a fire of love, violent or ardent love.
    -2 violent desire, fire of passion. ˚संदीपनम्
    1 inflaming fire of love.
    -2 an aphrodisiac.
    -अङ्कुशः 1 a finger- nail (which plays an important part in erotic acts).
    -2 the male organ of generation.
    -अङ्गः the mango tree.
    -अधिकारः the influence of love or desire.
    -अधिष्ठित a. overcome by love.
    -अनलः see कामाग्नि.
    -अन्ध a. blinded by love or passion. (
    -न्धः) the (Indian) cuckoo.
    -अन्धा musk.
    -अन्निन् a. getting food at will.
    -अभिकाम a. libidinous, lustful.
    -अरण्यम् a pleasant grove.
    -अरिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; ते समेत्य तु कामारिं त्रिपुरारिं त्रिलोचनम् Rām.7.6.3.
    -2 a mineral subs- tance.
    -अर्थिन् a. amorous, lustful, lascivious.
    -अवतारः N. of Pradyumna.
    -अवशा(सा)यिता f.
    1 Self-control.
    -2 a kind of Yogic power.
    -अवसायः suppression of passion or desire, stoicism.
    -अशनम् 1 eating at will.
    -2 unrestrained enjoyment.
    -आख्या, -अक्षी N. of Durgā.
    -आतुर a. love-sick, affected by love; कामातुराणां न भयं न लज्जा Subhāṣ.
    -आत्मजः an epithet of Aniruddha, son of Pradyumna.
    -आत्मन् a. lustful, libidinous, en- amoured. कामात्मानः स्वर्गफलाः Bg.2.43. Mb.1.119.3-4. Ms.7.27.
    -आयुधम् 1 arrow of the god of love.
    -2 membrum virile. (
    -धः) the mango-tree.
    -आयुस् m.
    1 a vulture.
    -2 Garuḍa.
    -आर्त a. love-stricken, affected by love; कामार्ता हि प्रकृतिकृपणाश्चेतनाचेतनेषु Me.5.
    -आश्रमः the hermitage of the god of love; Rām.1.
    -आसक्त a. overcome with love or desire, impassioned, lustful.
    -इष्टः the mango tree.
    -ईप्सु a. striving to obtain a desired object, यत्तु कामेप्सुना कर्म Bg.18.24.
    -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Kubera;
    -2 the Supreme soul.
    -3 a person possessing all wealth. अपास्य कामा- न्कामेशो वसेत्तत्राविचारयन् Mb.12.287.56.
    -उदकम् 1 voluntary libation of water.
    -2 a voluntary libation of water to deceased friends exclusive of those who are entitled to it by law; कामोदकं सखिप्रत्तास्वस्रीयश्वशुर- र्त्विजाम् Y.3.4.
    - उपहत a. affected by or overcome with passion.
    -कला N. of Rati, the wife of Kāma.
    -काम, -कामिन् a. following the dictates of love or passion, गतागतं कामकामा लभन्ते Bg.9.21; स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी Bg.2.7.
    -कार a. acting at will, indulging one's desires.
    (-रः) 1 voluntary action, spontaneous deed; Rām.2.11.18; Ms.11.41,45.
    -2 desire, influ- ence of desire; अयुक्तः कामकारेण फले सक्तो निबध्यते Bg.5. 12.
    -कूटः 1 the paramour of a harlot.
    -2 harlotry.
    -कृत् a.
    1 acting at will, acting as one likes.
    -2 granting or fulfilling a desire. (-m.) the Supreme soul.
    -केलि a. lustful.
    (-लिः) 1 a paramour.
    -2 amorous sport.
    -3 copulation.
    -क्रीडा 1 dalliance of love, amorous sport.
    -2 copulation.
    -ग a. going of one's own accord, able to act or move as one likes.
    (-गा) 1 an unchaste or libidinous woman; Y.3.6.
    -2 a female Kokila.
    -गति a. able to go to any desired place; अध्यास्त कामगति सावरजो विमानम् R.13.76.
    -गुणः 1 the quality of passion, affection.
    -2 satiety, perfect enjoyment.
    -3 an object of sense.
    -चर, -चार a. moving freely or unrestrained, wandering at will; सर्वेषु लोकेष्वकामचारो भवति Bṛi. Up.7.25.2; नारदः कामचरः Ku.1.5.
    -चार a. unchecked, unrestrained.
    (-रः) 1 unrestrained motion.
    -2 independent or wilful action, wantonness; न कामचारो मयि शङ्कनीयः R.14.62.
    -3 one's will or pleasure, free will; अव्यपवृक्ते कामचारः Mbh. on Śiva Sūtra 3.4. कामचारानुज्ञा Sk.; Ms.2.22.
    -4 sensuality.
    -5 selfishness.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 moving unrestrained; Me.65.
    -2 libidinous, lustful.
    -3 self-willed. (-m.)
    1 Garuḍa.
    -2 a sparrow.
    -ज a. produced by passion or desire; Ms.7.46,47,5.
    -जः anger; रथो वेदी कामजो युद्धमग्निः Mb.12.24.27.
    -जननी betel-pepper (नागवेली).
    -जानः, -निः See कामतालः.
    -जित् a. conquering love or passion; R.9.33. (-m.)
    1 an epithet of Skanda.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -तन्त्रम् N. of a work.
    -तालः the (Indian) cuckoo.
    -द a. fulfilling a desire, granting a request or desire. (
    -दः) an epithet of Skanda and of Śiva.
    -दहनम् a particular festival on the day of full moon in the month फाल्गुन (Mar. होलिकोत्सव).
    -दा = कामधेनु q. v.
    -दर्शन a. looking lovely.
    -दानम् 1 a gift to one's satisfaction.
    -2 a kind of ceremony among prosti- tutes; B. P.
    -दुघ a. 'milking one's desires', granting every desired object; प्रीता कामदुघा हि सा R.1.81,2.63; Māl.3.11.
    -दुघा, -दुह् f. a fabulous cow yielding all desires; आयुधानामहं वज्रं धेनूनामस्मि कामधुक् Bg.1.28. स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति Mbh. on P.VI.1.84.
    -दूती the female cuckoo.
    -दृश् f. a woman; विमोचितुं कामदृशां विहारक्रीडामृगो यन्निगडो विसर्गः Bhāg.7.6.17.
    -देव 1 the god of love.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -दोहिन् a. granting desires.
    -धर्मः amorous behaviour.
    -धेनुः f. the cow of plenty, a heavenly cow yielding all desires; कलतिवलती कामधेनू; or कलिवली कामधेनू Vyāka- raṇa Subhāṣita.
    -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -पति, -पत्नी f. Rati, wife of Cupid.
    -पालः N. of Balarāma; also of Śiva.
    -प्रद a. granting desires.
    (-दः) 1 a kind of coitus.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -प्रवेदनम् expressing one's desire, wish or hope; कच्चित् कामप्रवेदने Ak.
    -प्रश्नः an unrestrained or free question; स ह कामप्रश्नमेव वव्रे Bṛi. Up.4.3.1.
    -फलः a species of the mango tree.
    -ला the plantain tree.
    -भाज् a. partaking of sensual enjoyment; कामानां त्वा कामभाजं करोमि Kaṭh.1.24.
    -भोगाः (pl.) sensual grati- fications; प्रसक्ताः कामभोगेषु Bg.16.16.
    -महः a festival of the god of love celebrated on the full-moon day in the month of Chaitra.
    -मालिन् m. N. of Gaṇeśa.
    -मूढ, -मोहित a. influenced or infatuated by love; यत्क्रौञ्च- मिथुनादेकमवधीः काममोहितम् U.2.5.
    -रसः 1 seminal dis- charge.
    -2 the spling
    -रसिक a. lustful, libidinous; क्षणमपि युवा कामरसिकः Bh.3.112.
    -रूप a.
    1 taking any form at will; जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6.
    -2 beautiful, pleasing. (
    -पाः) (pl.) a district lying in the east of Bengal (the west- ern portion of Assam); तमीशः कामरूपाणाम् R.4.83,84.
    -रूपिन् a.
    1 taking any form at will; कामान्नी कामरूपी Tait. Up.3.1.5.
    -2 beautiful. -m.
    1 a pole-cat.
    -2 a boar.
    -3 a Vidyādhara.
    -रेखा, -लेखा a harlot, courtezan.
    -लता membrum virile.
    -लोल a. overcome with passion, love-stricken.
    -वरः a gift chosen at will.
    -वल्लभः 1 the spring.
    -2 the moon.
    -3 the mango tree. (
    -भा) moonlight.
    -वश a. influenced by love. (
    -शः) subjection to love.
    -वश्य n. subject to love.
    -वाद a. saying anything at will.
    -विहन्तृ a. disappointing desires.
    -वीर्य a. 'showing heroism at will,' an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -वृक्षम् a. paracitical plant.
    -वृत्त a. addicted to sensual gratification, licentious, dissipated; विशीलः कामवृत्तो वा गुणैर्वा परिवर्जितः । उपचर्यः स्त्रिया साध्व्या सततं देववत्पतिः ॥ Ms. 5.154.
    -वृत्ति a. acting according to will, self-willed, independent; न कामवृत्तिर्वचनीयमीक्षते Ku.5.82. (
    -त्तिः) f.
    1 free and unrestrained action.
    -2 freedom of will.
    -वृद्धिः f. increase of passion.
    -वृन्तम् the trumpet flower.
    - शर 1 a love shaft.
    -2 the mango tree.
    -शास्त्रम् the science of love, erotic science.
    -संयोगः attainment of desired objects.
    -सखः 1 the spring.
    -2 the month of Chaitra.
    -3 the mango tree.
    -सू a. fulfilling any desire. किमत्र चित्रं यदि कामसूर्भूः R.5.33. -m. N. of Vāsudeva. -f. N. of Rukmiṇi;
    -सूत्रम् 1 N. of an erotic work by Vātsyāyana.
    -2 'thread of love', love-incident' औद्धत्यमायोजितकामसूत्रम् Māl.1.4.
    -हैतुक a. produced by mere desire without any real cause; Bg.16.8.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > कामः _kāmḥ

  • 16 कृष्ण _kṛṣṇa

    कृष्ण a. [कृष्-नक्]
    1 Black, dark, dark-blue.
    -2 Wicked, evil; मनो गुणान्वै सृजते बलीयस्ततश्च कर्माणि विलक्षणानि । शुक्लानि कृष्णान्यथ लोहितानि तेभ्यः सवर्णाः सृतयो भवन्ति ॥ Bhāg. 11.23.44.
    -ष्णः 1 The black colour.
    -2 The black antelope; Bhāg.1.35.19.
    -3 A crow.
    -4 The (Indian) cuckoo.
    -5 The dark half of a lunar month (from full to new moon); Bg.8.25.
    -6 The Kali age.
    -7 Viṣṇu in his eighth incarnation, born as the son of Vasudeva and Devakī. [Kṛiṣna is the most celebrated hero of Indian mythology and the most popular of all the deities. Though the real son of Vasu- deva and Devakī and thus a cousin of Kaṁsa, he was, for all practical purposes, the son of Nanda and Yaśodā, by whom he was brought up and in whose house he spent his childhood. It was here that his divine character began to be gradually discovered, when he easily crushed the most redoubtable demons, such as Baka, Pūtanā &c., that were sent to kill him by Kaṁsa, and performed many other feats of surpri- sing strength. The chief companions of his youth were the Gopis or wives of the cowherds of Gokula, among whom Rādhā was his special favourite (cf. Jayadeva's Gitagovinda). He killed Kaṁsa, Naraka, Keśin, Ariṣṭa and a host of other powerful demons. He was a particular friend of Arjuna, to whom he acted as charioteer in the great war, and his staunch support of the cause of the Pāṇḍavas was the main cause of the overthrow of the Kauravas. On several critical occasions, it was Kṛiṣṇa's assistance and inventive mind that stood the Pāṇḍavas in good stead. After the general destruction of the Yādavas at Prabhāsa, he was killed unintentionally by a hunter named Jaras who shot him with an arrow mistaking him at a distance for a deer. He had more than 16 wives, but Rukmiṇi and Satyabhāmā, (as also Rādhā) were his favourites. He is said to have been of dark-blue or cloud-like colour; cf. बहिरिव मलिनतरं तव कृष्ण मनो$पि भविष्यति नूनं Gīt.8. His son was Pradyumna].
    -8 N. of Vyāsa, the reputed author of the Mahābhārata; कुतः सञ्चोदितः कृष्णः कृतवान्संहितां मुनिः Bhāg.1.4.3.
    -9 N. of Arjuna.
    -1 Aloe wood.
    -11 The Supreme spirit.
    -12 Black pepper.
    -13 Iron.
    -14 A Śūdra; कृष्णस्तु केशवे व्यासे कोकिले$र्जुनकाकयोः । शूद्रे तामिस्रपक्षे$ग्निकलिनीलगुणेषु च ॥ Nm.
    -15 The marking nut (भल्लातक); विरक्तं शोध्यते वस्त्रं न तु कृष्णोपसंहितम् Mb.12.291.1.
    -ष्णा 1 N. of Drau- padī, wife of the Pāṇḍavas; तेजो हृतं खलु मयाभिहतश्च मत्स्यः सज्जीकृतेन धनुषाधिगता च कृष्णा Bhāg.1.15.7; प्रविश्य कृष्णासदनं महीभुजा Ki.1.26.
    -2 N. of a river in the Dec- can that joins the sea at Machhalipaṭṭaṇa.
    -3 A kind of poisonous insect.
    -4 N. of several plants.
    -5 A grape.
    -6 A kind of perfume.
    -7 An epithet of Durgā Bhāg.4.6.7.
    -8 One of the 7 tongues of fire.
    -9 N. of the river Yamunā; विलोक्य दूषितां कृष्णां कृष्णः कृष्णाहिना विभुः Bhāg.1.16.1.
    -ष्णी A dark night; रिणक्ति कृष्णीर- रुषाय पन्थाम् Rv.7.71.1.
    -ष्णम् 1 Blackness, darkness (moral also); शुक्रा कृष्णादजनिष्ट श्वितीची Rv.1.123.9.
    -2 Iron.
    -3 Antimony.
    -4 The black part of the eye.
    -5 Black pepper.
    -6 Lead.
    -7 An inauspicious act.
    -8 Money acquired by gambling.
    -Comp. -अगुरु n. a kind of sandal-wood.
    -अचलः an epithet of the moun- tain Raivataka.
    -अजिनम् the skin of the black ante- lope.
    -अध्वन्, -अर्चिस् m. an epithet of fire; cf. कृष्ण- वर्त्मन्.
    -अयस्, n.
    -अयसम्, -आमिषम् iron, crude or black iron. -कृष्णायसस्येव च ते संहत्य हृदयं कृतम् Mb.5.135. 1; वाचारम्भणं विकारो नामधेयं कृष्णायसमित्येव सत्यम् Ch. Up. 6.1.6.
    -अर्जकः N. of a tree.
    -अष्टमी, -जन्माष्टमी the 8th day of the dark half of Śrāvaṇa when Kṛiṣṇa, was born; also called गोकुलाष्टमी.
    -आवासः the holy fig-tree.
    -उदरः a kind of snake.
    -कञ्चुकः a kind of gram.
    -कन्दम् a red lotus.
    -कर्मन् a. of black deeds, criminal, wicked, depraved, guilty, sinful.
    -काकः a raven.
    -कायः a buffalo.
    -काष्ठम् a kind of sandal-wood, agallochum.
    -कोहलः a gambler.
    -गङ्गा the river कृष्णावेणी.
    -गति fire; ववृधे स तदा गर्भः कक्षे कृष्णगतिर्यथा Mb.13.85.56; आयोघने कृष्णगतिं सहायम् R.6.42.
    -गर्भाः (f. pl.)
    1 the pregnant wives of the demon Kṛiṣṇa; यः कृष्णगर्भा निरहन्नृजिश्वना Rv.1.11.1.
    -2 waters in the interiors of the clouds.
    -गोधा a kind of poisonous insect.
    -ग्रीवः N. of Śiva.
    -चञ्चुकः a kind of pea.
    -चन्द्रः N. of Vasudeva.
    -चर a. what formerly belonged to Kṛiṣṇa.
    -चूर्णम् rust of iron, iron-filings.
    -च्छविः f.
    1 the skin of the black antelope.
    -2 a black cloud; कृष्णच्छविसमा कृष्णा Mb.4.6.9.
    -ताम्रम् a kind of sandal wood.
    -तारः 1 a species of antelope.
    -2 an antelope (in general)
    -तालु m. a kind of horse having black palate; cf. शालिहोत्र of भोज, 67.
    -त्रिवृता N. of a tree.
    -देहः a large black bee.
    -धनम् money got by foul means.
    -द्वादशी the twelfth day in the dark half of Āṣaḍha.
    -द्वैपायनः N. of Vyāsa; तमहमरागमकृष्णं कृष्णद्वैपायनं वन्दे Ve.1.4.
    -पक्षः 1 the dark half of a lunar month; रावणेन हृता सीता कृष्णपक्षे$- सिताष्टमी Mahān.
    -2 an epithet of Arjuna;
    -पदी a female with black feet,
    -पविः an epithet of Agni.
    -पाकः N. of a tree (Mar. करवंद).
    -पिङ्गल a. dark-brown. (
    -ला) N. of Durgā.
    -पिण्डीतकः (-पिण्डीरः) N. of a tree (Mar. काळा गेळा).
    -पुष्पी N. of a tree (Mar. काळा धोत्रा).
    -फलः (-ला) N. of a tree (Mar. काळें जिरें).
    -बीजम् a watermelon.
    -भस्मन् sulphate of mecury.
    -मृगः the black antelope; शृङ्गे कृष्णमृगस्य वामनयनं कण्डूयमानां मृगीम् Ś.6.17.
    -मुखः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः the black-faced monkey.
    -मृत्तिका 1 black earth.
    -2 the gunpowder.
    -यजुर्वेदः the Taittirīya or black Yajurveda.
    -यामः an epithet of Agni; वृश्चद्वनं कृष्णयामं रुशन्तम् Rv.6.6.1.
    -रक्तः dark-red colour.
    -रूप्य =
    ˚चर q. v.
    -लवणम् 1 a kind of black salt.
    -2 a factitious salt.
    -लोहः the loadstone.
    -वर्णः 1 black colour.
    -2 N. of Rāhu.
    -3 a Śūdra; विडूरुङ्घ्रिश्रितकृष्णवर्णः Bhāg.2.1.37.
    -वर्त्मन् m.
    1 fire; श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42; Ms.2.94.
    -2 N. of Rāhu.
    -3 a low man, profligate, black-guard.
    -विषाणा Ved. the horns of the black antelope.
    -वेणी N. of a river.
    -शकुनिः a crow; Av.19.57.4.
    -शारः, -सारः, -सारङ्गः the spotted antelope; कृष्णसारे ददच्चक्षुस्त्वयि चाधिज्यकार्मुके Ś.1.6; V.4.31; पीयूषभानाविव कृष्णसारः Rām. Ch.1.3.
    -शृङ्गः a buffalo.
    -सखः, -सारथिः an epithet of Arjuna. (
    -खी) cummin seed (Mar. जिरें).
    -स्कन्धः N. of a tree (Mar. तमाल).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > कृष्ण _kṛṣṇa

  • 17 गो _gō

    गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.]
    1 Cattle, kine (pl.)
    -2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c.
    -3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1.
    -4 The sky.
    -5 The thunder- bolt of Indra; Ki.8.1.
    -6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6.
    -7 A diamond.
    -8 Heaven.
    -9 An arrow. -f.
    1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6.
    -2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (
    -6).
    -3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2.
    -4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī.
    -5 A mother.
    -6 A quarter of the compass.
    -7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5.
    -8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42.
    -9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव.
    -2 The hair of the body.
    -3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3.
    -4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49.
    -5 The sun.
    -6 The number 'nine' (in math.).
    -7 The moon.
    -8 A singer.
    -9 A billion.
    -1 A cow-sacrifice
    -11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा... Enm.
    -Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made im- passable.
    -2 the cow's hoof.
    -3 the print of a cow's hoof.
    -कर्ण a. having cow's ears.
    (-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57.
    -2 a mule.
    -3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42.
    -4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P.
    -5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33.
    -6 a kind of deer.
    -7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42.
    -किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird.
    -किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough
    -2 a pestle.
    -कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb.
    -2 a cow-house.
    -3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up).
    -कुलिक a.
    1 one who does not help a cow in the mud.
    -2 squint-eyed.
    -कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā.
    -कृतम् cow-dung.
    -क्षीरम् cow's milk.
    -क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof.
    -खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13.
    -खा a nail.
    -गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf.
    -गोयुगम् a pair of oxen.
    -गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed.
    -ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung.
    -2 a cow-house.
    -ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2.
    -ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite.
    -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer.
    -घृतम् 1 rain-water.
    -2 clarified butter coming from a cow.
    -घ्न a.
    1 destructive to cows.
    -2 one who has killed a cow.
    -3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest.
    -चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood.
    -चर a.
    1 grazed over by cattle.
    -2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77.
    -3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13.
    -4 moving on earth.
    -5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12.
    -6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent.
    (-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1.
    -2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39.
    -3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible.
    -4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16.
    -5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1.
    -6 horizon.
    -7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4.
    -8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other.
    ˚पीडा in- auspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current).
    -चर्मन् n.
    1 a cow's hide.
    -2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha:-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29.
    -चारकः cowherd.
    -चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8.
    -ज a.
    1 born in the earth (rice &c.).
    -2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा...... Kaṭh.5.2.
    -जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13.
    -जलम् the urine of a bull or cow.
    -जागरिकम् auspi- ciousness, happiness. (
    -कः) a preparer of food, baker.
    -जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11.
    -जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी).
    -जिह्विका the uvula.
    -जीव a. living on cattle (milk- man); Hch.1.7.
    -तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow.
    -तीर्थम् a cowhouse.
    -त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क]
    1 a cow-pen.
    -2 a stable in general.
    -3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141.
    -4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88.
    -5 a multitude.
    -6 increase.
    -7 a forest.
    -8 a field.
    -9 a road.
    -1 possessions, wealth.
    -11 an umbrella, a parasol.
    -12 knowledge of futurity.
    -13 a genus, class, species.
    -14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (
    -त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm.
    (-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows.
    -2 the earth.
    ˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree.
    ˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family.
    ˚कीला the earth.
    ˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135.
    ˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree.
    ˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family.
    -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52.
    ˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8.
    -द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (
    -दः) brain. (
    -दा) N. of the river Godāvarī.
    -दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (
    -त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (
    -त्रम्) a crown (pro- tecting the head).
    -दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail.
    (-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment.
    -2 a white fossil substance.
    -दानम् 1 the gift of a cow.
    -2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently).
    -3 the part of the head close to the right ear.
    -दाय a. intending to give cows.
    -दारणम् 1 a plough.
    -2 a spade, hoe.
    -दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south.
    -दुह् m.,
    -दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi.
    -दोहः 1 the milking of cows.
    -2 the milk of cows.
    -3 the time of milking cows.
    -दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows.
    -2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4.
    -दोहनी a milk-pail.
    -द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow.
    -धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle.
    -2 possession of cows. (
    -नः) a broad-pointed arrow.
    -धरः a mountain.
    -धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26.
    -धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13.
    -2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour;
    -सम्भवम् a sour paste.
    -धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called be- cause cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth).
    -धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf.
    -भ्रः a mountain.
    -नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva.
    -नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird.
    -नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull).
    -3 N. of a country.
    -नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya.
    -नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake.
    -2 a kind of gem.
    -नसा the mouth of a cow.
    -नाथः 1 a bull.
    -2 an owner of land.
    -3 a herdsman.
    -4 an owner of kine.
    -नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3.
    -नाशनः a wolf.
    -नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox.
    -नासम् a kind of gem.
    -निष्यन्दः cow's urine.
    -पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15.
    -2 the chief of a cowpen.
    -3 the superintendent of a village.
    -4 a king.
    -5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1.
    ˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49.
    ˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd.
    ˚आटविका a cowherd.
    ˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd.
    -2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana.
    ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.
    ˚चापः the rainbow.
    ˚दलः the betel-nut tree.
    ˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily.
    ˚रसः gum myrrh.
    ˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1.
    (-पकः) 1 the superin- tendent of a district.
    -2 myrrh.
    (-पिका) 1 a cowher- dess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15.
    -2 protectress. (
    -पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports).
    -2 a milk-maid.
    -3 a protectress.
    -4 Nature, elementary nature.
    -पतिः 1 an owner of cows.
    -2 a bull.
    -3 a leader, chief.
    -4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32.
    -5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1.
    -6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -7 N. of Śiva.
    -8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11.
    -9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26.
    -पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av.
    -पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो.
    -पशुः a sacrificial cow.
    -पाः m. Ved.
    1 a herdsman.
    -2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57.
    -पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15.
    -पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253.
    -2 a king.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed.
    -पालकः 1 a cowherd.
    -2 a king.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -पालिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19.
    -पालितः N. of a lexicographer.
    -पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.).
    -पीतः a species of wagtail.
    -पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (
    -थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage.
    -पुच्छम् a cow's tail.
    -2 a particular point of an arrow.
    (-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22.
    -2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings.
    -3 a kind of drum.
    -पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull.
    -पुत्रः 1 a young bull.
    -2 an epithet of Karṇa.
    -पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1.
    -2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5.
    -3 the ornamental gate- way of a temple.
    -पुरीषम् cowdung.
    -प्रकाण्डम् an ex- cellent cow or bull.
    -प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166.
    -प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle.
    -2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11.
    -प्रदानम् same as गोदान.
    -प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35.
    -फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c.
    -2 a sling.
    -बालः the hair of cows.
    -भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6.
    -भृत् m.
    1 a mountain.
    -2 a king.
    -मक्षिका a gadfly.
    -मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3.
    -मंडलम् 1 the globe.
    -2 a multitude of cows.
    -मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B.
    -मतम् = गव्यूति q. v.
    -मतल्लिका a tract- able cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41.
    -मथः a cowherd.
    -मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist.
    -महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय.
    -मांसम् beef.
    -मायु 1 a kind of frog.
    -2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25.
    -3 bile of a cow.
    -4 N. of a Gandharva.
    -मीनः a kind of fish.
    -मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55.
    (-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark.
    -2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves.
    (-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly.
    -2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (
    -खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside.
    -2 a house built unevenly.
    -3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (
    -खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows.
    -मूढ a. stupid as a bull.
    -मूत्रम् cow's urine.
    -मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11.
    -कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly.
    -मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it:-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.)
    -2 a form of calculation.
    -मृगः a kind of ox (गवय).
    -मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, des- cribed as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue.
    -मेदकः 1 see गोमेद.
    -2 a kind of poison (काकोल).
    -3 smearing the body with unguents.
    -मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8.
    -यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174.
    -युक्त a. drawn by oxen.
    -युतम् 1 a cattle station.
    -2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22.
    -रक्षः 1 a cow- herd.
    -2 keeping or tending cattle.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat.
    -रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith).
    -रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl
    -2 a prisoner.
    -3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes.
    -4 a chanter.
    -रवम् saffron.
    -रसः cow's milk.
    -2 curds.
    -3 buttermilk.
    -4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk.
    -राजः an excellent bull.
    -राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird.
    -रुतम् a measure of dis- tance equal to two Krośas.
    -रूपम् the form of a cow. (
    -पः) N. of Śiva.
    -रोचम् yellow orpiment.
    -रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow.
    -लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow.
    -लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3.
    -लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world.
    -लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute.
    -2 white Dūrvā grass.
    -3 Zedoary.
    -4 N. of a shrub.
    -वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf.
    -वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59.
    -वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -वरम् pounded cowdung.
    -वशा a barren cow.
    -वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen.
    -वासन a. covered with an ox-hide.
    -विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m.
    1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9.
    -2 a hus- bandman.
    -विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows.
    -विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman.
    -2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन
    -विष् f.,
    -विष्ठा cowdung.
    -विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4.
    -विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9.
    -वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2.
    -वीर्यम् the price received for milk.
    -वृन्दम् a drove of cattle.
    -वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow.
    -वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva.
    -वैद्यः a quack docter.
    -व्रजः 1 a cow-pen.
    -2 a herd of cows.
    -3 a place where cattle graze.
    -व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in fru- gality;...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14.
    -शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182.
    -शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa.
    -शालम्, -ला a cow-stall.
    -शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11.
    -2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23.
    -षड्गवम् three pairs of kine.
    -षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows.
    -षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7.
    -2 giving cattle.
    -ष्टोमः a kind of sacri- fice fasting for one day.
    -संख्यः a cowherd.
    -सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय).
    -सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग.
    -सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17.
    -सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (
    -स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ.
    -सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री).
    -सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow.
    -स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow.
    -2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c.
    -3 a pearl-necklace of four strings.
    -4 a kind of fort.
    -स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes.
    -स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen.
    -स्वामिन् m.
    1 an owner of cows.
    -2 a religious mendicant.
    -3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्).
    -हत्या cow-slaughter.
    -हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung.
    -हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.)
    -हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (
    -तः) N. of Viṣṇu.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > गो _gō

  • 18 grand

    grand, e [gʀɑ̃, gʀɑ̃d]
    1. adjective
       a. ( = de haute taille) tall
       b. ( = plus âgé) son grand frère his older or big (inf) brother
    • tu es grand/grande maintenant you're a big boy/girl now
       c. (en dimensions) big, large ; [bras, distance, voyage, enjambées] long ; [avenue, marge] wide
       d. (en nombre, en quantité) [vitesse, poids, valeur, puissance] great ; [nombre, quantité] large ; [famille] large, big
       e. ( = intense) [bruit, cri] loud ; [froid, chaleur] intense ; [vent] strong ; [danger, plaisir, pauvreté] great
       f. ( = riche, puissant) [pays, firme, banquier, industriel] leading
       g. ( = important) great ; [ville, travail] big
    • je t'annonce une grande nouvelle ! I've got some great news!
       h. ( = principal) main
    • la grande difficulté consiste à... the main difficulty lies in...
       i. (intensif) [travailleur, collectionneur, ami, rêveur] great ; [buveur, fumeur] heavy ; [mangeur] big
       j. ( = remarquable) great
       k. ( = de gala) [réception, dîner] grand
       l. ( = noble) [âme] noble ; [pensée, principe] lofty
    • grand bien vous fasse ! much good may it do you!
    2. adverb
       b. ( = largement) ouvrir (en) grand [+ porte] to open wide ; [+ robinet] to turn full on
    3. masculine noun
       a. ( = élève) senior boy
       b. (terme d'affection) viens, mon grand come here, son
       c. ( = personne puissante) les grands de ce monde men in high places
    4. feminine noun
       a. ( = élève) senior girl
    ► la grande Bleue or bleue the Med (inf)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    The grandes écoles are competitive-entrance higher education establishments where engineering, business administration and other subjects are taught to a very high standard. The most prestigious include « l'École Polytechnique » (engineering), the three « Écoles normales supérieures » (arts and sciences), « l'ÉNA » (the civil service college), and « HEC » (business administration).
    Pupils prepare for entrance to the grandes écoles after their « baccalauréat » in two years of « classes préparatoires ». → CLASSES PRÉPARATOIRES  CONCOURS  ÉCOLE NATIONALE D'ADMINISTRATION
    * * *

    1.
    grande gʀɑ̃, gʀɑ̃d adjectif
    1) ( de dimensions importantes) ( en hauteur) tall; (en longueur, durée) long; ( en largeur) wide; (en étendue, volume) big
    2) (nombreux, abondant) large, big

    laver à grande eau — to wash [something] in plenty of running water [légumes]; to wash [something] down [sol]

    3) ( à un degré élevé) [rêveur, collectionneur, ami] great; [tricheur, joueur] big; [buveur, fumeur] heavy
    4) ( important) [découverte, expédition, nouvelle] great; [date] important; [rôle] major; [problème, décision] big

    la grande majorité — the great ou vast majority

    5) ( principal) main
    6) ( de premier plan) [société, marque] leading
    7) (brillant, remarquable) [peintre, vin, cause] great; [cœur, âme] noble

    Louis le Grand — Louis the Great; esprit

    8) ( âgé) [frère, sœur] elder; [élève] senior GB, older; ( adulte)

    les grandes classes — École the senior forms GB, the upper classes US

    9) ( qualifiant une mesure) [hauteur, longueur, distance, valeur] great; [pointure, quantité, étendue] large; [vitesse] high
    10) (extrême, fort) [bonté, amitié, danger, intérêt] great; [bruit] loud; [froid] severe; [chaleur] intense; [vent] strong, high; [tempête] big, violent

    à grands cris — loudly; cas, remède

    11) ( de rang social élevé) [famille, nom] great
    12) ( grandiose) [réception, projet] grand
    13) ( emphatique) [mot] big; [phrase] high-sounding

    et voilà, tout de suite les grands mots — there you go, straight off the deep end


    2.
    nom masculin, féminin ( enfant) big boy/girl; École senior GB ou older pupil

    3.
    adverbe wide

    ouvrir grand ses oreilles — fig to prick up one's ears


    4.
    nom masculin

    les cinq grands — Politique the Big Five


    5.
    en grand locution adverbiale
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    ɡʀɑ̃, ɡʀɑ̃d grand, -e
    1. adj
    1) (= de haute taille) tall

    Il est grand pour son âge. — He's tall for his age.

    2) (= aîné)

    C'est sa grande sœur. — She's his big sister.

    3) (= adulte)

    Il est assez grand pour... — He's old enough to...

    4) (= gros, vaste, large) big, large
    5) (importance, stature) great

    C'est un grand ami à moi. — He's a great friend of mine.

    6) (ampleur, degré)

    les grands blessés; Les grands blessés ont été emmenés à l'hôpital en hélicoptère. — The severely injured were taken to hospital by helicopter.

    Ça te fera beaucoup de bien d'être au grand air. — It'll be very good for you to be out in the open air.

    2. adv
    3. nm/f
    1) (= élève, enfant) big boy, big girl

    Il est chez les grands maintenant. — He's in the senior school now.

    C'est une grande, elle peut y aller seule. — She's a big girl now, she can go on her own.

    2) (= personnage)
    4. nm

    en grand [ouvrir] — wide

    * * *
    A adj
    1 ( de dimensions importantes) ( en hauteur) [personne, arbre, tour, cierge] tall; (en longueur, durée) [bras, enjambée, promenade, voyage] long; ( en largeur) [angle, marge] wide; (en étendue, volume) [lac, ville, salle, trou, édifice, paquet] large, big; [tas, feu] big; ( démesuré) [pied, nez, bouche] big; un homme (très) grand a (very) tall man; un grand homme brun, un homme grand et brun a tall dark man; plus grand que nature larger than life; ouvrir de grands yeux to open one's eyes wide;
    2 (nombreux, abondant) [famille, foule] large, big; [fortune] large; grande braderie big sale; pas grand monde not many people; faire de grandes dépenses to spend a lot of money; il fait grand jour it's broad daylight; laver à grande eau to wash [sth] in plenty of running water [légumes]; to wash [sth] down [sol]; à grand renfort de publicité with much publicity;
    3 ( à un degré élevé) [rêveur, collectionneur, travailleur, ami, ennemi, pécheur] great; [tricheur, joueur, lâcheur, idiot] big; [buveur, fumeur] heavy; grand amateur de ballet great ballet lover; c'est un grand timide he's very shy; les grands malades very sick people; c'est un grand cardiaque he has a serious heart condition;
    4 ( important) [découverte, migration, expédition, événement, nouvelle, honneur] great; [date] important; [rôle] major; [problème, décision] big; ( principal) main; c'est un grand jour pour elle it's a big day for her; une grande partie de la maison a large part of the house; une grande partie des habitants many of the inhabitants; la grande majorité the great ou vast majority; ⇒ scène;
    5 ( principal) main; le grand escalier the main staircase; le grand problème/obstacle the main ou major problem/obstacle; les grands axes routiers the main ou trunk GB roads; les grands points du discours the main points of the speech; les grandes lignes d'une politique the broad lines of a policy;
    6 ( de premier plan) Écon, Pol [pays, société, industriel, marque] leading; les grandes industries the big industries;
    7 (brillant, remarquable) [peintre, œuvre, civilisation, vin, cause] great; [cœur, âme] noble; c'est un grand homme he's a great man; les grands écrivains great authors; un grand nom de la musique a great musician; un grand monsieur du théâtre a great gentleman of the stage; Louis/Pierre le Grand Louis/Peter the Great; les grands noms du cinéma/de la littérature indienne the big names of the cinema/of Indian literature; de grande classe [produit] high-class; [exploit] admirable; ⇒ esprit;
    8 ( âgé) [frère, sœur] elder; [élève] senior GB, older; ( adulte) grown-up; mon grand frère my elder brother; les grandes classes Scol the senior forms GB, the upper classes US; quand il sera grand when he grows up; mes enfants sont grands my children are quite old; une grande fille comme toi! a big girl like you!; 12 ans! tu es assez grand pour te débrouiller 12 years old! you're old enough to cope;
    9 ( qualifiant une mesure) [hauteur, longueur, distance, poids, valeur, âge] great; [dimensions, taille, pointure, quantité, nombre, étendue] large; [vitesse] high; [kilomètre, mois, heure] good; il est grand temps que tu partes it's high time you were off ou you went;
    10 (intense, extrême, fort) [bonté, lâcheté, pauvreté, amitié, chagrin, faim, danger, différence, intérêt] great; [bruit] great, loud; [froid] severe; [chaleur] intense; [vent] strong, high; [tempête] big, violent; avec grand plaisir with great ou much pleasure; dans le plus grand secret in great secrecy; d'une grande bêtise/timidité very ou extremely stupid/shy; à ma grande honte/surprise much to my shame/surprise; sans grand espoir/enthousiasme without much hope/enthusiasm; sans grande importance not very important; il n'y a pas grand mal à cela/à faire there isn't much harm in that/in doing; avoir grand faim/soif to be very hungry/thirsty; avoir grand besoin de to be badly in need of; ça te ferait le plus grand bien it would do you a world of good; à grands cris loudly; ⇒ cas, remède;
    11 ( de rang social élevé) [famille, nom] great; grande dame great lady; la grande bourgeoisie the upper middle class;
    12 ( grandiose) [réception] grand; grands projets grand designs; avoir grande allure, avoir grand air to look very impressive;
    13 ( emphatique) [mot] big; [phrase] high-sounding; un grand merci a big thank you; faire de grands gestes to wave one's arms about; et voilà, tout de suite les grands mots there you go, straight off the deep end.
    B nm,f
    1 ( enfant) big boy/girl; Scol senior GB ou older pupil; il a fait ça tout seul comme un grand he did it all by himself like a big boy; il fait le ménage comme un grand he does the housework like a grown-up; pour les grands et les petits for old and young alike;
    C adv wide; ouvrir grand la bouche to open one's mouth wide; ouvrir tout grand les bras to throw one's arms open; les fenêtres sont grand(es) ouvertes the windows are wide open; ouvrir la porte toute grande to open the door wide; ouvrir grand ses oreilles fig to prick up one's ears; ouvrir tout grand son cœur fig to open one's heart; les bottes chaussent grand the boots are large-fitting; leurs vêtements taillent grand their clothes are cut on the large side; voir grand fig to think big.
    D nm ( pays) big power; ( entreprise) leader, big name; les grands de ce monde the great and the good; Pol the world's leaders; les cinq grands Pol the Big Five; les grands de l'automobile the top car manufacturers; c'est un grand de la publicité he's big in advertising.
    E en grand loc adv [ouvrir] wide, completely; faire de l'élevage en grand to breed animals on a large scale; quand ils reçoivent, ils font les choses en grand when they entertain they do things on the grand scale or they really go to town○.
    grand argentier Hist royal treasurer; hum keeper of the nation's purse, Finance minister; le grand art alchemy; grand banditisme organized crime; grand bassin ( de piscine) main pool; Anat upper pelvis; grand cacatois main royal sail; grand caniche standard poodle; le grand capital Écon big money, big investors pl; grand commis de l'État top civil servant; grand coq de bruyère capercaillie; grand corbeau raven; grand couturier couturier; grand débutant absolute beginner; grand duc Zool eagle owl; grand écart Danse, Sport splits (sg); faire le grand écart to do the splits; le grand écran the big screen; grand électeur ( en France) elector who votes in the elections for the French Senate; ( aux États-Unis) presidential elector; grand ensemble high-density housing complex; la vie dans les grands ensembles high-rise living; grand d'Espagne Spanish grandee; grand foc outer jib; grand frais Météo moderate gale; grand hunier main topsail; grand hunier fixe lower main topsail; grand hunier volant upper main topsail; grand invalide civil, GIC civilian who is registered severely disabled; grand invalide de guerre, GIG Prot Soc ex-serviceman who is registered severely disabled; le grand large Naut the high seas (pl); grand magasin Comm department store; grand maître ( aux échecs) grand master; grand maître de l'ordre des Templiers Hist Grand Master of the Knights Templar; grand mât Naut mainmast; le grand monde high society; le Grand Nord Géog the Far North; Grand Œuvre Great Work; grand officier de la Légion d'Honneur high-ranking officer of the Legion of HonourGB; le Grand Orient the Grand Lodge of France; grand panda giant panda; Grand Pardon Day of Atonement; grand patron Méd senior consultant GB, head doctor US; grand perroquet Naut main topgallant sail; grand prêtre Relig, fig high priest; grand prix Courses Aut, Sport grand prix; le grand public the general public; Comm produit grand public consumer product; grand quart Naut six-hour watch; Grand quartier général, GQG Mil General Headquarters, GHQ; grand quotidien Presse big national daily; grand roque Jeux ( aux échecs) castling long; le Grand Siècle Hist the 17th century (in France); grand teint colourfastGB; grand tétras capercaillie; grand tourisme Courses Aut, Aut GT, gran turismo; le Grand Turc the Sultan; grand veneur Chasse master of the hounds; grande Armée Hist Grande Armée (Napoleon's army); grande Baie Australienne Géog Great Australian Bight; la grande banlieue the outer suburbs (pl); Grande Barrière (de Corail) Géog Great Barrier Reef; la grande bleue the sea; la grande cuisine Culin haute cuisine; grande distribution Écon volume retailing; grand école higher education institution; la Grande Guerre Hist the First World War; grande gueule○ loud mouth○; grande hune Naut maintop; la grande muette the army; la grande muraille de Chine Géog the Great Wall of China; grande personne grown-up, adult; la grande presse Presse the popular dailies (pl); grande puissance Pol superpower; grande roue ( de foire) big wheel GB, Ferris wheel US; grande série Comm mass production; fabriqué en grande série mass-produced; grande surface Comm supermarket; grandes eaux fountains; fig ( pleurs) waterworks; dès qu'on la gronde, ce sont les grandes eaux the minute you tell her off, she turns on the waterworks; grandes lignes Rail main train routes; grandes marées spring tides; grandes ondes Radio long wave (sg); Grandes Plaines Géog Great Plains; les grands blessés the seriously injured; grands corps de l'État Admin senior branches of the civil service; grands espaces Écol open spaces; grands fauves Zool big cats; grands fonds Naut ocean depths; les grands froids the cold of winter; Grands Lacs Géog Great Lakes; grands singes Zool great apes; ⇒ école, voyage.
    ⓘ Grande école A prestigious third-level institution where admission is usually by competitive entrance examination or concours. Places are much sought after as they are widely considered to guarantee more promising career prospects than the standard university institutions. Many grandes écoles specialize in particular disciplines or fields of study, e.g. ENA, Sciences Po, etc.
    ( féminin grande) [grɑ̃, grɑ̃d] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet [grɑ̃t]) adjectif
    A.[ASPECT QUANTITATIF]
    1. [de taille élevée - adulte] tall ; [ - enfant] tall, big
    2. [de grandes dimensions - objet, salle, ville] big, large ; [ - distance] long
    grand A/B/C capital A/B/C
    une grande tour a high ou tall tower
    un grand fleuve a long ou big river
    3. [d'un certain âge - être humain] big
    [aîné - frère, sœur] big
    [au terme de sa croissance - personne] grown-up ; [ - animal] fully grown, adult
    4. [qui dure longtemps] long
    5. [intense, considérable] great
    pendant les grandes chaleurs in high summer, in ou at the height of summer
    un grand incendie a major ou great fire
    6. [pour qualifier une mesure] large, great
    la grande majorité de the great ou vast majority of
    7. [entier]
    elle m'a fait attendre une grande heure/semaine she made me wait a good hour/a good week
    B.[ASPECT QUALITATIF]
    1. [important] great, major
    les grands problèmes de notre temps the main ou major ou key issues of our time
    2. [acharné, invétéré] great, keen
    les grands blessés/brûlés/invalides the seriously wounded/burned/disabled
    3. [puissant, influent - banque] top ; [ - industriel] top, leading, major ; [ - propriétaire, famille] important ; [ - personnage] great
    4. [dans une hiérarchie]
    les grands dignitaires du régime the leading ou important dignitaries of the regime
    5. [noble]
    avoir grand air ou grande allure to carry oneself well, to be imposing
    6. [généralementéreux]
    il a un grand cœur he's big-hearted, he has a big heart
    7. [exagéré] big
    grands mots high-sounding words, high-flown language
    8. [fameux, reconnu] great
    un grand journaliste a great ou top journalist
    les grandes dates de l'histoire de France the great ou most significant dates in French history
    10. [omnipotent, suprême] great
    C.[EN INTENSIF]
    sans grand enthousiasme/intérêt without much enthusiasm/interest
    sa grande fierté, c'est son jardin he's very proud of ou he takes great pride in his garden
    un grand merci à ta sœur lots of thanks to ou a big thank you to your sister
    toute la famille au grand complet the whole family, every single member of the family
    jamais, au grand jamais je n'accepterai never in a million years will I accept
    à sa grande surprise much to his surprise, to his great surprise
    ————————
    , grande [grɑ̃, grɑ̃d] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet [grɑ̃t]) nom masculin, nom féminin
    1. [enfant - d'un certain âge]
    [en appellatif]
    merci mon grand! thanks, son!
    allons, ma grande, ne pleure pas! come on now, love, don't cry!
    comme un grand: je me débrouillerai tout seul, comme un grand/toute seule, comme une grande I'll manage on my own, like a big boy/a big girl
    2. [adulte - généralement] grown-up, adult
    [en appellatif]
    alors, ma grande, tu as pu te reposer un peu? well dear, did you manage to get some rest?
    [personne de grande taille]
    pour la photo, les grands se mettront derrière for the photo, tall people ou the taller people will stand at the back
    ————————
    adverbe
    1. [vêtement]
    tailler grand: ça devrait vous aller, ça taille grand it should fit you, it's cut large
    3. [largement]
    4. ART
    ————————
    nom masculin
    1. PHILOSOPHIE → link=infiniment infiniment
    2. [entrepreneur, industriel]
    les grands de l'automobile the major ou leading car manufacturers
    ————————
    grands nom masculin pluriel
    ÉCONOMIE & POLITIQUE
    ————————
    en grand locution adverbiale
    [complètement] on a large scale
    grande école nom féminin
    grand ensemble nom masculin
    housing scheme (UK), housing project (US)
    grande surface nom féminin
    The grandes écoles are relatively small and highly respected higher education establishments. Admission is usually only possible after two years of intensive preparatory studies and a competitive entrance examination. Most have close links with industry. The grandes écoles include l'École des hautes études commerciales or HEC (management and business), l'École polytechnique or l'X (engineering) and l'École normale supérieure (teacher training).

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > grand

  • 19 काल


    kāla
    1) mf (ī Pāṇ. 4-1, 42)n. (fr. 3. kal?), black, of a dark colour, dark-blue MBh. R. etc.;

    m. a black orﾠ dark-blue colour L. ;
    the black part of the eye Suṡr. ;
    the Indian cuckoo L. ;
    the poisonous serpent Coluber Nāga (= kālasarpa) Vet. ;
    the plant Cassia Sophora L. ;
    a red kind of Plumbago L. ;
    the resin of the plant Shorea robusta L. ;
    the planet Saturn;
    N. of Ṡiva;
    of Rudra BhP. III, 12, 12 ;
    of a son of Hrada Hariv. 189 ;
    of the prince Kāla-yavana BhP. III, 3, 10 ;
    of a brother of king Prasena-jit Buddh. ;
    of a future Buddha;
    of an author of Mantras (= Aṡva-ghosha) Buddh. ;
    of a Nāga-rāja Buddh. ;
    of a Rakshas R. VI, 69, 12 ;
    of an enemy of Ṡiva L. ;
    of a mountain R. IV, 44, 21 Kāraṇḍ. ;
    of one of the nine treasures Jain. ;
    a mystical N. of the letter m;
    (ā) f. N. of several plants (Indigofera tinctoria L. ;
    Piper longum L. ;
    (perhaps) Ipomoea atropurpurea Suṡr. ;
    Nigella indica L. ;
    Rubia Munjista L. ;
    Ruellia longifolia L. ;
    Physalis flexuosa L. ;
    Bignonia suaveolens Bhpr.);
    the fruit of the Kālā gaṇa harītaky-ādi;
    N. of a ṡakti Hcat. ;
    of a daughter of Daksha (the mother of the Kāleyas orﾠ Kālakeyas, a family of Asuras) MBh. I, 2520 Hariv. ;
    N. of Durgā L. ;
    (ī) f. black colour, ink orﾠ blacking L. ;
    abuse, censure, defamation L. ;
    a row orﾠ succession of black clouds L. ;
    night L. ;
    a worm orﾠ animalcule generated in the acetous fermentation of milk (= kshīra-kīṭa orﾠ kshāra-kīṭa) L. ;
    the plant Kālâñjanī L. ;
    Ipomoea Turpethum L. ;
    a kind of clay L. ;
    Bignonia suaveolens L. ;
    one of the seven tongues orﾠ flames of fire MuṇḍUp. I, 2, 4 ;
    a form of Durgā MBh. IV, 195 Hariv. Kum. ;
    one of the Mātṛis orﾠ divine mothers L. ;
    N. of a female evil spirit (mother of the Kālakeyas) Hariv. 11552 ;
    one of the sixteen Vidyā-devīs L. ;
    N. of Satyavatī, wife of king Ṡāntanu andﾠ mother of Vyāsa orﾠ Kṛishṇa-dvaipāyana (after her marriage she had a son Vicitra-vīrya, whose widows were married by Kṛishṇa-dvaipāyana, andﾠ bore to him Dhṛita-rāshṭra andﾠ Pāṇḍu MBh. Hariv. ;
    according to other legends Kālī is the wife of Bhīmasena andﾠ mother of Sarvagata BhP.);
    (with orﾠ without gaṅgā) N. of a river;
    (am) n. a black kind of Agallochum L. ;
    a kind of perfume ( kakkolaka) L. ;
    iron L. ;
    kālá
    2) m. (3. kal, « to calculate orﾠ enumerate»), <ifc. f. ā RPrāt. >, a fixed orﾠ right point of time, a space of time, time (in general) AV. XIX, 53 and 54 ṠBr. etc.. ;

    the proper time orﾠ season for (gen. dat. loc., in comp., inf., orﾠ Pot. with yad e.g.. kālaḥprasthānasya orﾠ - nāya orﾠ - ne, time for departure;
    kriyā-kāla, time for action Suṡr. ;
    nâ̱yaṉkālovilambitum, this is not the time to delay Nal.;
    kāloyadbhuñjītabhavān, it is time for you to eat Pāṇ. 3-3, 168 Kāṡ.) ṠBr. MBh. etc.;
    occasion, circumstance MBh. XII, 2950 Mṛicch. ;
    season R. etc.;
    meal-time (twice a day, hence ubhaukālau, « in the morning andﾠ in the evening» MBh. I, 4623 ;
    shashṭhekāle, « in the evening of the third day» MBh. ;
    shashṭhâ̱nna-kāla, « one who eats only at the sixth meal-time, i.e. who passes five meals without eating andﾠ has no meal till the evening of the third day» Mn. XI, 200 ;
    orﾠ without anna e.g.. caturtha-kālam, « at the fourth meal-time i.e. at the evening of the second day» Mn. XI, 109);
    hour (hence shashṭhekāle'hnaḥ, « at the sixth hour of the day, i.e. at noon» Vikr.);
    a period of time, time of the world (= yuga) Rājat. ;
    measure of time, prosody Prāt. Pāṇ. ;
    a section, part VPrāt. ;
    the end ChUp. ;
    death by age Suṡr. ;
    time (as leading to events, the causes of which are imperceptible to the mind of man), destiny, fate MBh. R. etc.;
    time (as destroying all things), death, time of death (often personified andﾠ represented with the attributes of Yama, regent of the dead, orﾠ even identified with him:
    hence kālam-i orﾠ kālaṉ-kṛi, « to die» MBh. etc.;
    kāla in this sense is frequently connected with antaka, mṛityu e.g.. abhy-adhāvataprajāḥkālaivâ̱ntakaḥ, « he attacked the people like Time the destroyer» R. III, 7, 9 ;
    cf. kālâ̱ntaka;
    kāla personified is alsoﾠ a Devarshi in Indra's court, andﾠ a son of Dhruva MBh. I, 2585 Hariv. VP.);
    (am) acc. ind. for a certain time (e.g.. mahāntaṉkālam, for a long time Pañcat.);
    nitya-k-, constantly, always Mn. II, 58 and 73 ;
    dīrgha-k-, during a long time Mn. VIII, 145 ;
    ( ena) instr. ind. in the course of time Mn. IX, 246 MBh. etc.. ;
    with gacchatā id. VP. ;
    dīrgheṇakālena, during a long time MBh. ;
    after a long time R. I, 45, 40 ;
    kālenamahatā orﾠ bahunā id.;
    (āt) abl. ind. in the course of time Mn. VIII, 251 ;
    kālasyadīrghasya orﾠ mahataḥ id. Mn. MBh. etc.;
    kasya-citkālasya, after some time MBh. I, 5299 Hariv. ;
    (é) loc. ind. in time, seasonably RV. X, 42, 9 ṠBr. (cf. a-kāle);
    kālegacchati, in the course of time;
    kāleyāte, after some time;
    kālekāle, always in time MBh. I, 1680 Ragh. IV, 6 ;
    + κήρ;
    Lat. calen-doe:
    Hib. ceal, « death andﾠ everything terrible»
    - कालकचु
    - कालकञ्ज
    - कालकञ्ज्य
    - कालकटङ्कट
    - कालकणी
    - कालकण्टक
    - कालकण्ठ
    - कालकण्ठक
    - कालकन्दक
    - कालकर्णिका
    - कालकर्णी
    - कालकलाय
    - कालकवि
    - कालकस्तूरी
    - कालकाञ्ज
    - कालकीर्ति
    - कालकुञ्ज
    - कालकुष्ठ
    - कालकूट
    - कालकूटक
    - कालकूटीय
    - कालकोटि
    - कालक्लीतक
    - कालखञ्ज
    - कालखञ्जन
    - कालखण्ड
    - कालगङ्गा
    - कालगण्डिका
    - कालगन्ध
    - कालघट
    - कालजिह्व
    - कालताल
    - कालतिन्दुक
    - कालतीर्थ
    - कालदन्तक
    - कालनाभ
    - कालनिर्यास
    - कालनेत्र
    - कालपर्ण
    - कालपर्वत
    - कालपात्रिक
    - कालपालक
    - कालपीलुक
    - कालपुच्छ
    - कालपुच्छक
    - कालपुष्प
    - कालपृष्ठ
    - कालपेशिका
    - कालपेशी
    - कालबीजक
    - कालभाण्डिका
    - कालभैरव
    - कालभोगिन्
    - कालमल्लिका
    - कालमसी
    - कालमही
    - कालमान
    - कालमापनी
    - कालमाल
    - कालमालक
    - कालमुख
    - कालमुष्कक
    - कालमूल
    - कालमेघ
    - कालमेशिका
    - कालमेषिका
    - कालमेषी
    - कालयवन
    - काललवण
    - काललोचन
    - काललोह
    - काललौह
    - कालवदन
    - कालवराटक
    - कालवाल
    - कालवालुक
    - कालवाहन
    - कालविष
    - कालवृक्ष
    - कालवृक्षीय
    - कालवृन्त
    - कालवेला
    - कालशम्बर
    - कालशाक
    - कालशलि
    - कालशिबि
    - कालशैल
    - कालसर्प
    - कालसार
    - कालसिंह
    - कालसूकरिका
    - कालस्कन्ध
    - कालस्कन्धिन्
    - कालहस्तिपुर
    - कालहस्तिशैल
    - कालहस्तीश्वर
    - कालागुरु
    - कालाङ्ग
    - कालाजाजी
    - कालाजिन
    - कालाञ्जन
    - कालाण्डज
    - कालानुसारक
    - कालानुसारिन्
    - कालानुसारिवा
    - कालानुसार्य
    - कालानुसार्यक
    - कालामुख
    - कालाम्र
    - कालायस
    - कालाशोक
    - कालासुहृद्
    - कालीकृ
    - कालोदक
    - कालोदायिन्

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > काल

  • 20 campesino

    adj.
    peasant, rural, country.
    m.
    peasant, backwoodsman, farmer, chuff.
    * * *
    1 country, rural
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 (gen) peasant; (hombre) countryman; (mujer) countrywoman
    * * *
    (f. - campesina)
    noun
    peasant, farmer
    * * *
    campesino, -a
    1.
    ADJ [población] rural; [familia, revuelta] peasant antes de s

    la vida campesina — country life, rural life

    2. SM / F
    1) (=persona del campo) country person
    2) (=labrador) farmer; (=labrador pobre) peasant
    3) And (=indio) Indian
    * * *
    I
    - na adjetivo <vida/costumbre> rural, country (before n); <modales/aspecto> peasant-like
    II
    - na masculino, femenino ( persona del campo) country person; ( con connotaciones de pobreza) peasant
    * * *
    = peasant, clodhopper, villager, rustic.
    Nota: Nombre.
    Ex. This article discusses the pre-revolutionary shortage of books on agriculture economy in 1913, and how existing books only discussed the miserable, hopeless life of the peasants.
    Ex. He said that a concerted program of weeding would ensure that the library will have 'no books which will interest persons with an intellectual range above that of clodhoppers and market gardeners'.
    Ex. Most importantly, the villagers are responsible for the day to day operation and the upkeep of the units.
    Ex. These reflections coincide with considerations from previous studies about the education of rustics in their rural schools.
    ----
    * campesinos = peasantry.
    * * *
    I
    - na adjetivo <vida/costumbre> rural, country (before n); <modales/aspecto> peasant-like
    II
    - na masculino, femenino ( persona del campo) country person; ( con connotaciones de pobreza) peasant
    * * *
    = peasant, clodhopper, villager, rustic.
    Nota: Nombre.

    Ex: This article discusses the pre-revolutionary shortage of books on agriculture economy in 1913, and how existing books only discussed the miserable, hopeless life of the peasants.

    Ex: He said that a concerted program of weeding would ensure that the library will have 'no books which will interest persons with an intellectual range above that of clodhoppers and market gardeners'.
    Ex: Most importantly, the villagers are responsible for the day to day operation and the upkeep of the units.
    Ex: These reflections coincide with considerations from previous studies about the education of rustics in their rural schools.
    * campesinos = peasantry.

    * * *
    campesino1 -na
    ‹vida/costumbre› rural, country ( before n); ‹modales/aspecto› peasant-like
    campesino2 -na
    masculine, feminine
    tres campesinas vestidas de negro three peasant women dressed in black
    son campesinos, gente muy sencilla they are simple, country people o folk
    un campesino me indicó el camino one of the locals o someone from the village showed me the way
    los obreros y los campesinos the manual workers and the agricultural workers
    * * *

     

    campesino
    ◊ -na adjetivo ‹vida/costumbre› rural, country ( before n);


    ‹modales/aspecto› peasant-like
    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino ( persona del campo) country person;
    ( con connotaciones de pobreza) peasant;
    ◊ son campesinos they are country people o folk;

    los obreros y los campesinos the manual workers and the agricultural workers
    campesino,-a
    I sustantivo masculino y femenino peasant
    (hombre) countryman
    (mujer) countrywoman
    II adjetivo rural, peasant-like

    ' campesino' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    campesina
    - paisana
    - paisano
    - villana
    - villano
    - horqueta
    - huaso
    English:
    countryman
    - peasant
    - redneck
    * * *
    campesino, -a
    ♦ adj
    [del campo] rural, country; [en el pasado, en países pobres] peasant;
    ♦ nm,f
    [persona del campo] country person; [en el pasado, en países pobres] peasant
    * * *
    I adj peasant atr
    II m, campesina f peasant
    * * *
    campesino, -na n
    : peasant, farm laborer
    * * *
    1. (que vive en el campo) country person [pl. people]
    3. (en la historia) peasant

    Spanish-English dictionary > campesino

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • American Indian Day — noun US: the 4th Friday in September • Hypernyms: ↑day • Part Holonyms: ↑September, ↑Sep, ↑Sept …   Useful english dictionary

  • Indian Arrival Day — is a holiday celebrated on May 30 in Trinidad and Tobago each year since the 1990s. It commemorates the first arrivals from India to Trinidad, on May 30, 1845, on the ship Fatel Razack (a rendering of the Arabic Fath Al Razak Victory to Allah the …   Wikipedia

  • Indian Well State Park — is a Connecticut State park in Shelton, Connecticut, USA which offers facilities for swimming in Lake Housatonic, picnicking, hiking, boating, and fishing. Indian Well was so named because of the Romeo and Juliet like Native American legend… …   Wikipedia

  • Indian Standard Time — (IST) is the time observed throughout India and Sri Lanka, with a time offset of . India does not observe daylight saving time, (DST) or other seasonal adjustments, although DST was used briefly during the Sino–Indian War of 1962 and the… …   Wikipedia

  • Indian Navy — crest Active 1947–Present Country …   Wikipedia

  • Indian Trail Academy — is a public high school in Kenosha, Wisconsin, part of the Kenosha Unified School District. In addition to the core subjects, students choose to emphasize one of three themes: Biotechnology and Environmental Studies, Business and International… …   Wikipedia

  • Indian cuisine — This article is part of the series …   Wikipedia

  • Indian Institute of Technology Delhi — Established 1961 Type Education and research institution Director …   Wikipedia

  • Indian Railways - Travel Coach types and their seating / berths — Indian Railways Travel Coach types and their seating / berthsClasses Coach Designations Recent changes to class of travel, *AS 1 to B 1 (for AC three tier) *SL 1 to D 1 (second class sitting) *EC 1 to E 1 (executive class) *GC 1 to J 1 (Garib… …   Wikipedia

  • Indian Institutes of Technology — …   Wikipedia

  • Indian mathematics — mdash;which here is the mathematics that emerged in South Asia from ancient times until the end of the 18th century mdash;had its beginnings in the Bronze Age Indus Valley civilization (2600 1900 BCE) and the Iron Age Vedic culture (1500 500 BCE) …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»